/src/mozilla-central/layout/tables/nsTableFrame.cpp

Source (jump to first uncovered line)
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 et tw=80: */
/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
 * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
 * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */

#include "mozilla/Likely.h"
#include "mozilla/MathAlgorithms.h"
#include "mozilla/IntegerRange.h"
#include "mozilla/WritingModes.h"

#include "gfxContext.h"
#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
#include "nsTableFrame.h"
#include "mozilla/ComputedStyle.h"
#include "nsStyleConsts.h"
#include "nsIContent.h"
#include "nsCellMap.h"
#include "nsTableCellFrame.h"
#include "nsHTMLParts.h"
#include "nsTableColFrame.h"
#include "nsTableColGroupFrame.h"
#include "nsTableRowFrame.h"
#include "nsTableRowGroupFrame.h"
#include "nsTableWrapperFrame.h"

#include "BasicTableLayoutStrategy.h"
#include "FixedTableLayoutStrategy.h"

#include "nsPresContext.h"
#include "nsContentUtils.h"
#include "nsCSSRendering.h"
#include "nsGkAtoms.h"
#include "nsCSSAnonBoxes.h"
#include "nsIPresShell.h"
#include "nsIScriptError.h"
#include "nsFrameManager.h"
#include "nsError.h"
#include "nsCSSFrameConstructor.h"
#include "mozilla/Range.h"
#include "mozilla/RestyleManager.h"
#include "mozilla/ServoStyleSet.h"
#include "nsDisplayList.h"
#include "nsIScrollableFrame.h"
#include "nsCSSProps.h"
#include "nsStyleChangeList.h"
#include <algorithm>

#include "gfxPrefs.h"
#include "mozilla/layers/StackingContextHelper.h"
#include "mozilla/layers/WebRenderLayerManager.h"

using namespace mozilla;
using namespace mozilla::image;
using namespace mozilla::layout;

/********************************************************************************
 ** TableReflowInput                                                         **
 ********************************************************************************/

namespace mozilla {

struct TableReflowInput {

  // the real reflow state
  const ReflowInput& reflowInput;

  // The table's available size (in reflowInput's writing mode)
  LogicalSize availSize;

  // Stationary inline-offset
  nscoord iCoord;

  // Running block-offset
  nscoord bCoord;

  TableReflowInput(const ReflowInput& aReflowInput,
                     const LogicalSize& aAvailSize)
    : reflowInput(aReflowInput)
    , availSize(aAvailSize)
  {
    MOZ_ASSERT(reflowInput.mFrame->IsTableFrame(),
               "TableReflowInput should only be created for nsTableFrame");
    nsTableFrame* table =
      static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(reflowInput.mFrame->FirstInFlow());
    WritingMode wm = aReflowInput.GetWritingMode();
    LogicalMargin borderPadding = table->GetChildAreaOffset(wm, &reflowInput);

    iCoord = borderPadding.IStart(wm) + table->GetColSpacing(-1);
    bCoord = borderPadding.BStart(wm); //cellspacing added during reflow

    // XXX do we actually need to check for unconstrained inline-size here?
    if (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE != availSize.ISize(wm)) {
      int32_t colCount = table->GetColCount();
      availSize.ISize(wm) -= borderPadding.IStartEnd(wm) +
                             table->GetColSpacing(-1) +
                             table->GetColSpacing(colCount);
      availSize.ISize(wm) = std::max(0, availSize.ISize(wm));
    }

    if (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE != availSize.BSize(wm)) {
      availSize.BSize(wm) -= borderPadding.BStartEnd(wm) +
                             table->GetRowSpacing(-1) +
                             table->GetRowSpacing(table->GetRowCount());
      availSize.BSize(wm) = std::max(0, availSize.BSize(wm));
    }
  }
};

} // namespace mozilla

/********************************************************************************
 ** nsTableFrame                                                               **
 ********************************************************************************/

struct BCPropertyData
{
  BCPropertyData() : mBStartBorderWidth(0), mIEndBorderWidth(0),
                     mBEndBorderWidth(0), mIStartBorderWidth(0),
                     mIStartCellBorderWidth(0), mIEndCellBorderWidth(0) {}
  TableArea mDamageArea;
  BCPixelSize mBStartBorderWidth;
  BCPixelSize mIEndBorderWidth;
  BCPixelSize mBEndBorderWidth;
  BCPixelSize mIStartBorderWidth;
  BCPixelSize mIStartCellBorderWidth;
  BCPixelSize mIEndCellBorderWidth;
};

ComputedStyle*
nsTableFrame::GetParentComputedStyle(nsIFrame** aProviderFrame) const
{
  // Since our parent, the table wrapper frame, returned this frame, we
  // must return whatever our parent would normally have returned.

  MOZ_ASSERT(GetParent(), "table constructed without table wrapper");
  if (!mContent->GetParent() && !Style()->GetPseudo()) {
    // We're the root.  We have no ComputedStyle parent.
    *aProviderFrame = nullptr;
    return nullptr;
  }

  return GetParent()->DoGetParentComputedStyle(aProviderFrame);
}

nsTableFrame::nsTableFrame(ComputedStyle* aStyle, ClassID aID)
  : nsContainerFrame(aStyle, aID)
  , mCellMap(nullptr)
  , mTableLayoutStrategy(nullptr)
{
  memset(&mBits, 0, sizeof(mBits));
}

void
nsTableFrame::Init(nsIContent*       aContent,
                   nsContainerFrame* aParent,
                   nsIFrame*         aPrevInFlow)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(!mCellMap, "Init called twice");
  MOZ_ASSERT(!mTableLayoutStrategy, "Init called twice");
  MOZ_ASSERT(!aPrevInFlow || aPrevInFlow->IsTableFrame(),
             "prev-in-flow must be of same type");

  // Let the base class do its processing
  nsContainerFrame::Init(aContent, aParent, aPrevInFlow);

  // see if border collapse is on, if so set it
  const nsStyleTableBorder* tableStyle = StyleTableBorder();
  bool borderCollapse = (NS_STYLE_BORDER_COLLAPSE == tableStyle->mBorderCollapse);
  SetBorderCollapse(borderCollapse);
  if (borderCollapse) {
    SetNeedToCalcHasBCBorders(true);
  }

  if (!aPrevInFlow) {
    // If we're the first-in-flow, we manage the cell map & layout strategy that
    // get used by our continuation chain:
    mCellMap = new nsTableCellMap(*this, borderCollapse);
    if (IsAutoLayout()) {
      mTableLayoutStrategy = new BasicTableLayoutStrategy(this);
    } else {
      mTableLayoutStrategy = new FixedTableLayoutStrategy(this);
    }
  } else {
    // Set my isize, because all frames in a table flow are the same isize and
    // code in nsTableWrapperFrame depends on this being set.
    WritingMode wm = GetWritingMode();
    SetSize(LogicalSize(wm, aPrevInFlow->ISize(wm), BSize(wm)));
  }
}

nsTableFrame::~nsTableFrame()
{
  delete mCellMap;
  delete mTableLayoutStrategy;
}

void
nsTableFrame::DestroyFrom(nsIFrame* aDestructRoot, PostDestroyData& aPostDestroyData)
{
  mColGroups.DestroyFramesFrom(aDestructRoot, aPostDestroyData);
  nsContainerFrame::DestroyFrom(aDestructRoot, aPostDestroyData);
}

// Make sure any views are positioned properly
void
nsTableFrame::RePositionViews(nsIFrame* aFrame)
{
  nsContainerFrame::PositionFrameView(aFrame);
  nsContainerFrame::PositionChildViews(aFrame);
}

static bool
IsRepeatedFrame(nsIFrame* kidFrame)
{
  return (kidFrame->IsTableRowFrame() || kidFrame->IsTableRowGroupFrame()) &&
         kidFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_REPEATED_ROW_OR_ROWGROUP);
}

bool
nsTableFrame::PageBreakAfter(nsIFrame* aSourceFrame,
                             nsIFrame* aNextFrame)
{
  const nsStyleDisplay* display = aSourceFrame->StyleDisplay();
  nsTableRowGroupFrame* prevRg = do_QueryFrame(aSourceFrame);
  // don't allow a page break after a repeated element ...
  if ((display->mBreakAfter || (prevRg && prevRg->HasInternalBreakAfter())) &&
      !IsRepeatedFrame(aSourceFrame)) {
    return !(aNextFrame && IsRepeatedFrame(aNextFrame)); // or before
  }

  if (aNextFrame) {
    display = aNextFrame->StyleDisplay();
    // don't allow a page break before a repeated element ...
     nsTableRowGroupFrame* nextRg = do_QueryFrame(aNextFrame);
    if ((display->mBreakBefore ||
        (nextRg && nextRg->HasInternalBreakBefore())) &&
        !IsRepeatedFrame(aNextFrame)) {
      return !IsRepeatedFrame(aSourceFrame); // or after
    }
  }
  return false;
}

/* static */ void
nsTableFrame::RegisterPositionedTablePart(nsIFrame* aFrame)
{
  // Supporting relative positioning for table parts other than table cells has
  // the potential to break sites that apply 'position: relative' to those
  // parts, expecting nothing to happen. We warn at the console to make tracking
  // down the issue easy.
  if (!IsTableCell(aFrame->Type())) {
    nsIContent* content = aFrame->GetContent();
    nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
    if (content && !presContext->HasWarnedAboutPositionedTableParts()) {
      presContext->SetHasWarnedAboutPositionedTableParts();
      nsContentUtils::ReportToConsole(nsIScriptError::warningFlag,
                                      NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Layout: Tables"),
                                      content->OwnerDoc(),
                                      nsContentUtils::eLAYOUT_PROPERTIES,
                                      "TablePartRelPosWarning");
    }
  }

  nsTableFrame* tableFrame = nsTableFrame::GetTableFrame(aFrame);
  MOZ_ASSERT(tableFrame, "Should have a table frame here");
  tableFrame = static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(tableFrame->FirstContinuation());

  // Retrieve the positioned parts array for this table.
  FrameTArray* positionedParts = tableFrame->GetProperty(PositionedTablePartArray());

  // Lazily create the array if it doesn't exist yet.
  if (!positionedParts) {
    positionedParts = new FrameTArray;
    tableFrame->SetProperty(PositionedTablePartArray(), positionedParts);
  }

  // Add this frame to the list.
  positionedParts->AppendElement(aFrame);
}

/* static */ void
nsTableFrame::UnregisterPositionedTablePart(nsIFrame* aFrame,
                                            nsIFrame* aDestructRoot)
{
  // Retrieve the table frame, and check if we hit aDestructRoot on the way.
  bool didPassThrough;
  nsTableFrame* tableFrame = GetTableFramePassingThrough(aDestructRoot, aFrame,
      &didPassThrough);
  if (!didPassThrough && !tableFrame->GetPrevContinuation()) {
    // The table frame will be destroyed, and it's the first im flow (and thus
    // owning the PositionedTablePartArray), so we don't need to do
    // anything.
    return;
  }
  tableFrame = static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(tableFrame->FirstContinuation());

  // Retrieve the positioned parts array for this table.
  FrameTArray* positionedParts = tableFrame->GetProperty(PositionedTablePartArray());

  // Remove the frame.
  MOZ_ASSERT(positionedParts && positionedParts->Contains(aFrame),
             "Asked to unregister a positioned table part that wasn't registered");
  if (positionedParts) {
    positionedParts->RemoveElement(aFrame);
  }
}

// XXX this needs to be cleaned up so that the frame constructor breaks out col group
// frames into a separate child list, bug 343048.
void
nsTableFrame::SetInitialChildList(ChildListID     aListID,
                                  nsFrameList&    aChildList)
{
  if (aListID != kPrincipalList) {
    nsContainerFrame::SetInitialChildList(aListID, aChildList);
    return;
  }

  MOZ_ASSERT(mFrames.IsEmpty() && mColGroups.IsEmpty(),
             "unexpected second call to SetInitialChildList");

  // XXXbz the below code is an icky cesspit that's only needed in its current
  // form for two reasons:
  // 1) Both rowgroups and column groups come in on the principal child list.
  while (aChildList.NotEmpty()) {
    nsIFrame* childFrame = aChildList.FirstChild();
    aChildList.RemoveFirstChild();
    const nsStyleDisplay* childDisplay = childFrame->StyleDisplay();

    if (mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableColumnGroup == childDisplay->mDisplay) {
      NS_ASSERTION(childFrame->IsTableColGroupFrame(),
                   "This is not a colgroup");
      mColGroups.AppendFrame(nullptr, childFrame);
    }
    else { // row groups and unknown frames go on the main list for now
      mFrames.AppendFrame(nullptr, childFrame);
    }
  }

  // If we have a prev-in-flow, then we're a table that has been split and
  // so don't treat this like an append
  if (!GetPrevInFlow()) {
    // process col groups first so that real cols get constructed before
    // anonymous ones due to cells in rows.
    InsertColGroups(0, mColGroups);
    InsertRowGroups(mFrames);
    // calc collapsing borders
    if (IsBorderCollapse()) {
      SetFullBCDamageArea();
    }
  }
}

void
nsTableFrame::RowOrColSpanChanged(nsTableCellFrame* aCellFrame)
{
  if (aCellFrame) {
    nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
    if (cellMap) {
      // for now just remove the cell from the map and reinsert it
      uint32_t rowIndex = aCellFrame->RowIndex();
      uint32_t colIndex = aCellFrame->ColIndex();
      RemoveCell(aCellFrame, rowIndex);
      AutoTArray<nsTableCellFrame*, 1> cells;
      cells.AppendElement(aCellFrame);
      InsertCells(cells, rowIndex, colIndex - 1);

      // XXX Should this use eStyleChange?  It currently doesn't need
      // to, but it might given more optimization.
      PresShell()->
        FrameNeedsReflow(this, nsIPresShell::eTreeChange, NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY);
    }
  }
}


/* ****** CellMap methods ******* */

/* return the effective col count */
int32_t
nsTableFrame::GetEffectiveColCount() const
{
  int32_t colCount = GetColCount();
  if (LayoutStrategy()->GetType() == nsITableLayoutStrategy::Auto) {
    nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
    if (!cellMap) {
      return 0;
    }
    // don't count cols at the end that don't have originating cells
    for (int32_t colIdx = colCount - 1; colIdx >= 0; colIdx--) {
      if (cellMap->GetNumCellsOriginatingInCol(colIdx) > 0) {
        break;
      }
      colCount--;
    }
  }
  return colCount;
}

int32_t
nsTableFrame::GetIndexOfLastRealCol()
{
  int32_t numCols = mColFrames.Length();
  if (numCols > 0) {
    for (int32_t colIdx = numCols - 1; colIdx >= 0; colIdx--) {
      nsTableColFrame* colFrame = GetColFrame(colIdx);
      if (colFrame) {
        if (eColAnonymousCell != colFrame->GetColType()) {
          return colIdx;
        }
      }
    }
  }
  return -1;
}

nsTableColFrame*
nsTableFrame::GetColFrame(int32_t aColIndex) const
{
  NS_ASSERTION(!GetPrevInFlow(), "GetColFrame called on next in flow");
  int32_t numCols = mColFrames.Length();
  if ((aColIndex >= 0) && (aColIndex < numCols)) {
    return mColFrames.ElementAt(aColIndex);
  }
  else {
    NS_ERROR("invalid col index");
    return nullptr;
  }
}

int32_t
nsTableFrame::GetEffectiveRowSpan(int32_t                 aRowIndex,
                                  const nsTableCellFrame& aCell) const
{
  nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
  MOZ_ASSERT(nullptr != cellMap, "bad call, cellMap not yet allocated.");

  return cellMap->GetEffectiveRowSpan(aRowIndex, aCell.ColIndex());
}

int32_t
nsTableFrame::GetEffectiveRowSpan(const nsTableCellFrame& aCell,
                                  nsCellMap*              aCellMap)
{
  nsTableCellMap* tableCellMap = GetCellMap(); if (!tableCellMap) ABORT1(1);

  uint32_t colIndex = aCell.ColIndex();
  uint32_t rowIndex = aCell.RowIndex();

  if (aCellMap)
    return aCellMap->GetRowSpan(rowIndex, colIndex, true);
  else
    return tableCellMap->GetEffectiveRowSpan(rowIndex, colIndex);
}

int32_t
nsTableFrame::GetEffectiveColSpan(const nsTableCellFrame& aCell,
                                  nsCellMap*              aCellMap) const
{
  nsTableCellMap* tableCellMap = GetCellMap(); if (!tableCellMap) ABORT1(1);

  uint32_t colIndex = aCell.ColIndex();
  uint32_t rowIndex = aCell.RowIndex();

  if (aCellMap)
    return aCellMap->GetEffectiveColSpan(*tableCellMap, rowIndex, colIndex);
  else
    return tableCellMap->GetEffectiveColSpan(rowIndex, colIndex);
}

bool
nsTableFrame::HasMoreThanOneCell(int32_t aRowIndex) const
{
  nsTableCellMap* tableCellMap = GetCellMap(); if (!tableCellMap) ABORT1(1);
  return tableCellMap->HasMoreThanOneCell(aRowIndex);
}

void
nsTableFrame::AdjustRowIndices(int32_t         aRowIndex,
                               int32_t         aAdjustment)
{
  // Iterate over the row groups and adjust the row indices of all rows
  // whose index is >= aRowIndex.
  RowGroupArray rowGroups;
  OrderRowGroups(rowGroups);

  for (uint32_t rgIdx = 0; rgIdx < rowGroups.Length(); rgIdx++) {
    rowGroups[rgIdx]->AdjustRowIndices(aRowIndex, aAdjustment);
  }
}


void
nsTableFrame::ResetRowIndices(const nsFrameList::Slice& aRowGroupsToExclude)
{
  // Iterate over the row groups and adjust the row indices of all rows
  // omit the rowgroups that will be inserted later
  mDeletedRowIndexRanges.clear();

  RowGroupArray rowGroups;
  OrderRowGroups(rowGroups);

  nsTHashtable<nsPtrHashKey<nsTableRowGroupFrame> > excludeRowGroups;
  nsFrameList::Enumerator excludeRowGroupsEnumerator(aRowGroupsToExclude);
  while (!excludeRowGroupsEnumerator.AtEnd()) {
    excludeRowGroups.PutEntry(static_cast<nsTableRowGroupFrame*>(excludeRowGroupsEnumerator.get()));
#ifdef DEBUG
    {
      // Check to make sure that the row indices of all rows in excluded row
      // groups are '0' (i.e. the initial value since they haven't been added yet)
      const nsFrameList& rowFrames =
        excludeRowGroupsEnumerator.get()->PrincipalChildList();
      for (nsFrameList::Enumerator rows(rowFrames); !rows.AtEnd(); rows.Next()) {
        nsTableRowFrame* row = static_cast<nsTableRowFrame*>(rows.get());
        MOZ_ASSERT(row->GetRowIndex() == 0,
                   "exclusions cannot be used for rows that were already added,"
                   "because we'd need to process mDeletedRowIndexRanges");
      }
    }
#endif
    excludeRowGroupsEnumerator.Next();
  }

  int32_t rowIndex = 0;
  for (uint32_t rgIdx = 0; rgIdx < rowGroups.Length(); rgIdx++) {
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* rgFrame = rowGroups[rgIdx];
    if (!excludeRowGroups.GetEntry(rgFrame)) {
      const nsFrameList& rowFrames = rgFrame->PrincipalChildList();
      for (nsFrameList::Enumerator rows(rowFrames); !rows.AtEnd(); rows.Next()) {
        if (mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableRow ==
            rows.get()->StyleDisplay()->mDisplay) {
          nsTableRowFrame* row = static_cast<nsTableRowFrame*>(rows.get());
          row->SetRowIndex(rowIndex);
          rowIndex++;
        }
      }
    }
  }
}

void
nsTableFrame::InsertColGroups(int32_t                   aStartColIndex,
                              const nsFrameList::Slice& aColGroups)
{
  int32_t colIndex = aStartColIndex;
  nsFrameList::Enumerator colGroups(aColGroups);
  for (; !colGroups.AtEnd(); colGroups.Next()) {
    MOZ_ASSERT(colGroups.get()->IsTableColGroupFrame());
    nsTableColGroupFrame* cgFrame =
      static_cast<nsTableColGroupFrame*>(colGroups.get());
    cgFrame->SetStartColumnIndex(colIndex);
    // XXXbz this sucks.  AddColsToTable will actually remove colgroups from
    // the list we're traversing!  Need to fix things here.  :( I guess this is
    // why the old code used pointer-to-last-frame as opposed to
    // pointer-to-frame-after-last....

    // How about dealing with this by storing a const reference to the
    // mNextSibling of the framelist's last frame, instead of storing a pointer
    // to the first-after-next frame?  Will involve making nsFrameList friend
    // of nsIFrame, but it's time for that anyway.
    cgFrame->AddColsToTable(colIndex, false,
                              colGroups.get()->PrincipalChildList());
    int32_t numCols = cgFrame->GetColCount();
    colIndex += numCols;
  }

  nsFrameList::Enumerator remainingColgroups = colGroups.GetUnlimitedEnumerator();
  if (!remainingColgroups.AtEnd()) {
    nsTableColGroupFrame::ResetColIndices(
      static_cast<nsTableColGroupFrame*>(remainingColgroups.get()), colIndex);
  }
}

void
nsTableFrame::InsertCol(nsTableColFrame& aColFrame,
                        int32_t          aColIndex)
{
  mColFrames.InsertElementAt(aColIndex, &aColFrame);
  nsTableColType insertedColType = aColFrame.GetColType();
  int32_t numCacheCols = mColFrames.Length();
  nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
  if (cellMap) {
    int32_t numMapCols = cellMap->GetColCount();
    if (numCacheCols > numMapCols) {
      bool removedFromCache = false;
      if (eColAnonymousCell != insertedColType) {
        nsTableColFrame* lastCol = mColFrames.ElementAt(numCacheCols - 1);
        if (lastCol) {
          nsTableColType lastColType = lastCol->GetColType();
          if (eColAnonymousCell == lastColType) {
            // remove the col from the cache
            mColFrames.RemoveElementAt(numCacheCols - 1);
            // remove the col from the synthetic col group
            nsTableColGroupFrame* lastColGroup = (nsTableColGroupFrame *)mColGroups.LastChild();
            if (lastColGroup) {
              MOZ_ASSERT(lastColGroup->IsSynthetic());
              lastColGroup->RemoveChild(*lastCol, false);

              // remove the col group if it is empty
              if (lastColGroup->GetColCount() <= 0) {
                mColGroups.DestroyFrame((nsIFrame*)lastColGroup);
              }
            }
            removedFromCache = true;
          }
        }
      }
      if (!removedFromCache) {
        cellMap->AddColsAtEnd(1);
      }
    }
  }
  // for now, just bail and recalc all of the collapsing borders
  if (IsBorderCollapse()) {
    TableArea damageArea(aColIndex, 0, 1, GetRowCount());
    AddBCDamageArea(damageArea);
  }
}

void
nsTableFrame::RemoveCol(nsTableColGroupFrame* aColGroupFrame,
                        int32_t               aColIndex,
                        bool                  aRemoveFromCache,
                        bool                  aRemoveFromCellMap)
{
  if (aRemoveFromCache) {
    mColFrames.RemoveElementAt(aColIndex);
  }
  if (aRemoveFromCellMap) {
    nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
    if (cellMap) {
      // If we have some anonymous cols at the end already, we just
      // add a new anonymous col.
      if (!mColFrames.IsEmpty() &&
          mColFrames.LastElement() && // XXXbz is this ever null?
          mColFrames.LastElement()->GetColType() == eColAnonymousCell) {
        AppendAnonymousColFrames(1);
      } else {
        // All of our colframes correspond to actual <col> tags.  It's possible
        // that we still have at least as many <col> tags as we have logical
        // columns from cells, but we might have one less.  Handle the latter
        // case as follows: First ask the cellmap to drop its last col if it
        // doesn't have any actual cells in it.  Then call
        // MatchCellMapToColCache to append an anonymous column if it's needed;
        // this needs to be after RemoveColsAtEnd, since it will determine the
        // need for a new column frame based on the width of the cell map.
        cellMap->RemoveColsAtEnd();
        MatchCellMapToColCache(cellMap);
      }
    }
  }
  // for now, just bail and recalc all of the collapsing borders
  if (IsBorderCollapse()) {
    TableArea damageArea(0, 0, GetColCount(), GetRowCount());
    AddBCDamageArea(damageArea);
  }
}

/** Get the cell map for this table frame.  It is not always mCellMap.
  * Only the first-in-flow has a legit cell map.
  */
nsTableCellMap*
nsTableFrame::GetCellMap() const
{
  return static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(FirstInFlow())->mCellMap;
}

nsTableColGroupFrame*
nsTableFrame::CreateSyntheticColGroupFrame()
{
  nsIContent* colGroupContent = GetContent();
  nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
  nsIPresShell *shell = presContext->PresShell();

  RefPtr<ComputedStyle> colGroupStyle;
  colGroupStyle = shell->StyleSet()->
    ResolveNonInheritingAnonymousBoxStyle(nsCSSAnonBoxes::tableColGroup());
  // Create a col group frame
  nsTableColGroupFrame* newFrame =
    NS_NewTableColGroupFrame(shell, colGroupStyle);
  newFrame->SetIsSynthetic();
  newFrame->Init(colGroupContent, this, nullptr);
  return newFrame;
}

void
nsTableFrame::AppendAnonymousColFrames(int32_t aNumColsToAdd)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aNumColsToAdd > 0, "We should be adding _something_.");
  // get the last col group frame
  nsTableColGroupFrame* colGroupFrame =
    static_cast<nsTableColGroupFrame*>(mColGroups.LastChild());

  if (!colGroupFrame || !colGroupFrame->IsSynthetic()) {
    int32_t colIndex = (colGroupFrame) ?
                        colGroupFrame->GetStartColumnIndex() +
                        colGroupFrame->GetColCount() : 0;
    colGroupFrame = CreateSyntheticColGroupFrame();
    if (!colGroupFrame) {
      return;
    }
    // add the new frame to the child list
    mColGroups.AppendFrame(this, colGroupFrame);
    colGroupFrame->SetStartColumnIndex(colIndex);
  }
  AppendAnonymousColFrames(colGroupFrame, aNumColsToAdd, eColAnonymousCell,
                           true);

}

// XXX this needs to be moved to nsCSSFrameConstructor
// Right now it only creates the col frames at the end
void
nsTableFrame::AppendAnonymousColFrames(nsTableColGroupFrame* aColGroupFrame,
                                       int32_t               aNumColsToAdd,
                                       nsTableColType        aColType,
                                       bool                  aAddToTable)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aColGroupFrame, "null frame");
  MOZ_ASSERT(aColType != eColAnonymousCol, "Shouldn't happen");
  MOZ_ASSERT(aNumColsToAdd > 0, "We should be adding _something_.");

  nsIPresShell *shell = PresShell();

  // Get the last col frame
  nsFrameList newColFrames;

  int32_t startIndex = mColFrames.Length();
  int32_t lastIndex  = startIndex + aNumColsToAdd - 1;

  for (int32_t childX = startIndex; childX <= lastIndex; childX++) {
    // all anonymous cols that we create here use a pseudo ComputedStyle of the
    // col group
    nsIContent* iContent = aColGroupFrame->GetContent();
    RefPtr<ComputedStyle> computedStyle = shell->StyleSet()->
      ResolveNonInheritingAnonymousBoxStyle(nsCSSAnonBoxes::tableCol());
    // ASSERTION to check for bug 54454 sneaking back in...
    NS_ASSERTION(iContent, "null content in CreateAnonymousColFrames");

    // create the new col frame
    nsIFrame* colFrame = NS_NewTableColFrame(shell, computedStyle);
    ((nsTableColFrame *) colFrame)->SetColType(aColType);
    colFrame->Init(iContent, aColGroupFrame, nullptr);

    newColFrames.AppendFrame(nullptr, colFrame);
  }
  nsFrameList& cols = aColGroupFrame->GetWritableChildList();
  nsIFrame* oldLastCol = cols.LastChild();
  const nsFrameList::Slice& newCols =
    cols.InsertFrames(nullptr, oldLastCol, newColFrames);
  if (aAddToTable) {
    // get the starting col index in the cache
    int32_t startColIndex;
    if (oldLastCol) {
      startColIndex =
        static_cast<nsTableColFrame*>(oldLastCol)->GetColIndex() + 1;
    } else {
      startColIndex = aColGroupFrame->GetStartColumnIndex();
    }

    aColGroupFrame->AddColsToTable(startColIndex, true, newCols);
  }
}

void
nsTableFrame::MatchCellMapToColCache(nsTableCellMap* aCellMap)
{
  int32_t numColsInMap   = GetColCount();
  int32_t numColsInCache = mColFrames.Length();
  int32_t numColsToAdd = numColsInMap - numColsInCache;
  if (numColsToAdd > 0) {
    // this sets the child list, updates the col cache and cell map
    AppendAnonymousColFrames(numColsToAdd);
  }
  if (numColsToAdd < 0) {
    int32_t numColsNotRemoved = DestroyAnonymousColFrames(-numColsToAdd);
    // if the cell map has fewer cols than the cache, correct it
    if (numColsNotRemoved > 0) {
      aCellMap->AddColsAtEnd(numColsNotRemoved);
    }
  }
}

void
nsTableFrame::DidResizeColumns()
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(!GetPrevInFlow(), "should only be called on first-in-flow");

  if (mBits.mResizedColumns)
    return; // already marked

  for (nsTableFrame *f = this; f;
       f = static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(f->GetNextInFlow()))
    f->mBits.mResizedColumns = true;
}

void
nsTableFrame::AppendCell(nsTableCellFrame& aCellFrame,
                         int32_t           aRowIndex)
{
  nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
  if (cellMap) {
    TableArea damageArea(0, 0, 0, 0);
    cellMap->AppendCell(aCellFrame, aRowIndex, true, damageArea);
    MatchCellMapToColCache(cellMap);
    if (IsBorderCollapse()) {
      AddBCDamageArea(damageArea);
    }
  }
}

void
nsTableFrame::InsertCells(nsTArray<nsTableCellFrame*>& aCellFrames,
                          int32_t                      aRowIndex,
                          int32_t                      aColIndexBefore)
{
  nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
  if (cellMap) {
    TableArea damageArea(0, 0, 0, 0);
    cellMap->InsertCells(aCellFrames, aRowIndex, aColIndexBefore, damageArea);
    MatchCellMapToColCache(cellMap);
    if (IsBorderCollapse()) {
      AddBCDamageArea(damageArea);
    }
  }
}

// this removes the frames from the col group and table, but not the cell map
int32_t
nsTableFrame::DestroyAnonymousColFrames(int32_t aNumFrames)
{
  // only remove cols that are of type eTypeAnonymous cell (they are at the end)
  int32_t endIndex   = mColFrames.Length() - 1;
  int32_t startIndex = (endIndex - aNumFrames) + 1;
  int32_t numColsRemoved = 0;
  for (int32_t colIdx = endIndex; colIdx >= startIndex; colIdx--) {
    nsTableColFrame* colFrame = GetColFrame(colIdx);
    if (colFrame && (eColAnonymousCell == colFrame->GetColType())) {
      nsTableColGroupFrame* cgFrame =
        static_cast<nsTableColGroupFrame*>(colFrame->GetParent());
      // remove the frame from the colgroup
      cgFrame->RemoveChild(*colFrame, false);
      // remove the frame from the cache, but not the cell map
      RemoveCol(nullptr, colIdx, true, false);
      numColsRemoved++;
    }
    else {
      break;
    }
  }
  return (aNumFrames - numColsRemoved);
}

void
nsTableFrame::RemoveCell(nsTableCellFrame* aCellFrame,
                         int32_t           aRowIndex)
{
  nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
  if (cellMap) {
    TableArea damageArea(0, 0, 0, 0);
    cellMap->RemoveCell(aCellFrame, aRowIndex, damageArea);
    MatchCellMapToColCache(cellMap);
    if (IsBorderCollapse()) {
      AddBCDamageArea(damageArea);
    }
  }
}

int32_t
nsTableFrame::GetStartRowIndex(nsTableRowGroupFrame* aRowGroupFrame)
{
  RowGroupArray orderedRowGroups;
  OrderRowGroups(orderedRowGroups);

  int32_t rowIndex = 0;
  for (uint32_t rgIndex = 0; rgIndex < orderedRowGroups.Length(); rgIndex++) {
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* rgFrame = orderedRowGroups[rgIndex];
    if (rgFrame == aRowGroupFrame) {
      break;
    }
    int32_t numRows = rgFrame->GetRowCount();
    rowIndex += numRows;
  }
  return rowIndex;
}

// this cannot extend beyond a single row group
void
nsTableFrame::AppendRows(nsTableRowGroupFrame*       aRowGroupFrame,
                         int32_t                     aRowIndex,
                         nsTArray<nsTableRowFrame*>& aRowFrames)
{
  nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
  if (cellMap) {
    int32_t absRowIndex = GetStartRowIndex(aRowGroupFrame) + aRowIndex;
    InsertRows(aRowGroupFrame, aRowFrames, absRowIndex, true);
  }
}

// this cannot extend beyond a single row group
int32_t
nsTableFrame::InsertRows(nsTableRowGroupFrame*       aRowGroupFrame,
                         nsTArray<nsTableRowFrame*>& aRowFrames,
                         int32_t                     aRowIndex,
                         bool                        aConsiderSpans)
{
#ifdef DEBUG_TABLE_CELLMAP
  printf("=== insertRowsBefore firstRow=%d \n", aRowIndex);
  Dump(true, false, true);
#endif

  int32_t numColsToAdd = 0;
  nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
  if (cellMap) {
    TableArea damageArea(0, 0, 0, 0);
    bool shouldRecalculateIndex = !IsDeletedRowIndexRangesEmpty();
    if (shouldRecalculateIndex) {
      ResetRowIndices(nsFrameList::Slice(mFrames, nullptr, nullptr));
    }
    int32_t origNumRows = cellMap->GetRowCount();
    int32_t numNewRows = aRowFrames.Length();
    cellMap->InsertRows(aRowGroupFrame, aRowFrames, aRowIndex, aConsiderSpans, damageArea);
    MatchCellMapToColCache(cellMap);

    // Perform row index adjustment only if row indices were not
    // reset above
    if (!shouldRecalculateIndex) {
      if (aRowIndex < origNumRows) {
        AdjustRowIndices(aRowIndex, numNewRows);
      }

      // assign the correct row indices to the new rows. If they were recalculated
      // above it may not have been done correctly because each row is constructed
      // with index 0
      for (int32_t rowB = 0; rowB < numNewRows; rowB++) {
        nsTableRowFrame* rowFrame = aRowFrames.ElementAt(rowB);
        rowFrame->SetRowIndex(aRowIndex + rowB);
      }
    }

    if (IsBorderCollapse()) {
      AddBCDamageArea(damageArea);
    }
  }
#ifdef DEBUG_TABLE_CELLMAP
  printf("=== insertRowsAfter \n");
  Dump(true, false, true);
#endif

  return numColsToAdd;
}

void
nsTableFrame::AddDeletedRowIndex(int32_t aDeletedRowStoredIndex)
{
  if (mDeletedRowIndexRanges.empty()) {
    mDeletedRowIndexRanges.insert(std::pair<int32_t, int32_t>
                                    (aDeletedRowStoredIndex,
                                     aDeletedRowStoredIndex));
    return;
  }

  // Find the position of the current deleted row's stored index
  // among the previous deleted row index ranges and merge ranges if
  // they are consecutive, else add a new (disjoint) range to the map.
  // Call to mDeletedRowIndexRanges.upper_bound is
  // O(log(mDeletedRowIndexRanges.size())) therefore call to
  // AddDeletedRowIndex is also ~O(log(mDeletedRowIndexRanges.size()))

  // greaterIter = will point to smallest range in the map with lower value
  //              greater than the aDeletedRowStoredIndex.
  //              If no such value exists, point to end of map.
  // smallerIter = will point to largest range in the map with higher value
  //              smaller than the aDeletedRowStoredIndex
  //              If no such value exists, point to beginning of map.
  // i.e. when both values exist below is true:
  // smallerIter->second < aDeletedRowStoredIndex < greaterIter->first
  auto greaterIter = mDeletedRowIndexRanges.upper_bound(aDeletedRowStoredIndex);
  auto smallerIter = greaterIter;

  if (smallerIter != mDeletedRowIndexRanges.begin()) {
    smallerIter--;
    // While greaterIter might be out-of-bounds (by being equal to end()),
    // smallerIter now cannot be, since we returned early above for a 0-size map.
  }

  // Note: smallerIter can only be equal to greaterIter when both
  // of them point to the beginning of the map and in that case smallerIter
  // does not "exist" but we clip smallerIter to point to beginning of map
  // so that it doesn't point to something unknown or outside the map boundry.
  // Note: When greaterIter is not the end (i.e. it "exists") upper_bound()
  // ensures aDeletedRowStoredIndex < greaterIter->first so no need to
  // assert that.
  MOZ_ASSERT(smallerIter == greaterIter ||
               aDeletedRowStoredIndex > smallerIter->second,
             "aDeletedRowIndexRanges already contains aDeletedRowStoredIndex! "
             "Trying to delete an already deleted row?");

  if (smallerIter->second == aDeletedRowStoredIndex - 1) {
    if (greaterIter != mDeletedRowIndexRanges.end() &&
        greaterIter->first == aDeletedRowStoredIndex + 1) {
      // merge current index with smaller and greater range as they are consecutive
      smallerIter->second = greaterIter->second;
      mDeletedRowIndexRanges.erase(greaterIter);
    }
    else {
      // add aDeletedRowStoredIndex in the smaller range as it is consecutive
      smallerIter->second = aDeletedRowStoredIndex;
    }
  } else if (greaterIter != mDeletedRowIndexRanges.end() &&
             greaterIter->first == aDeletedRowStoredIndex + 1) {
    // add aDeletedRowStoredIndex in the greater range as it is consecutive
    mDeletedRowIndexRanges.insert(std::pair<int32_t, int32_t>
                                   (aDeletedRowStoredIndex,
                                    greaterIter->second));
    mDeletedRowIndexRanges.erase(greaterIter);
  } else {
    // add new range as aDeletedRowStoredIndex is disjoint from existing ranges
    mDeletedRowIndexRanges.insert(std::pair<int32_t, int32_t>
                                   (aDeletedRowStoredIndex,
                                    aDeletedRowStoredIndex));
  }
}

int32_t
nsTableFrame::GetAdjustmentForStoredIndex(int32_t aStoredIndex)
{
  if (mDeletedRowIndexRanges.empty())
    return 0;

  int32_t adjustment = 0;

  // O(log(mDeletedRowIndexRanges.size()))
  auto endIter = mDeletedRowIndexRanges.upper_bound(aStoredIndex);
  for (auto iter = mDeletedRowIndexRanges.begin(); iter != endIter; ++iter) {
    adjustment += iter->second - iter->first + 1;
  }

  return adjustment;
}

// this cannot extend beyond a single row group
void
nsTableFrame::RemoveRows(nsTableRowFrame& aFirstRowFrame,
                         int32_t          aNumRowsToRemove,
                         bool             aConsiderSpans)
{
#ifdef TBD_OPTIMIZATION
  // decide if we need to rebalance. we have to do this here because the row group
  // cannot do it when it gets the dirty reflow corresponding to the frame being destroyed
  bool stopTelling = false;
  for (nsIFrame* kidFrame = aFirstFrame.FirstChild(); (kidFrame && !stopAsking);
       kidFrame = kidFrame->GetNextSibling()) {
    nsTableCellFrame *cellFrame = do_QueryFrame(kidFrame);
    if (cellFrame) {
      stopTelling = tableFrame->CellChangedWidth(*cellFrame, cellFrame->GetPass1MaxElementWidth(),
                                                 cellFrame->GetMaximumWidth(), true);
    }
  }
  // XXX need to consider what happens if there are cells that have rowspans
  // into the deleted row. Need to consider moving rows if a rebalance doesn't happen
#endif

  int32_t firstRowIndex = aFirstRowFrame.GetRowIndex();
#ifdef DEBUG_TABLE_CELLMAP
  printf("=== removeRowsBefore firstRow=%d numRows=%d\n", firstRowIndex, aNumRowsToRemove);
  Dump(true, false, true);
#endif
  nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
  if (cellMap) {
    TableArea damageArea(0, 0, 0, 0);

    // Mark rows starting from aFirstRowFrame to the next 'aNumRowsToRemove-1'
    // number of rows as deleted.
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* parentFrame = aFirstRowFrame.GetTableRowGroupFrame();
    parentFrame->MarkRowsAsDeleted(aFirstRowFrame, aNumRowsToRemove);

    cellMap->RemoveRows(firstRowIndex, aNumRowsToRemove, aConsiderSpans, damageArea);
    MatchCellMapToColCache(cellMap);
    if (IsBorderCollapse()) {
      AddBCDamageArea(damageArea);
    }
  }

#ifdef DEBUG_TABLE_CELLMAP
  printf("=== removeRowsAfter\n");
  Dump(true, true, true);
#endif
}

// collect the rows ancestors of aFrame
int32_t
nsTableFrame::CollectRows(nsIFrame*                   aFrame,
                          nsTArray<nsTableRowFrame*>& aCollection)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aFrame, "null frame");
  int32_t numRows = 0;
  for (nsIFrame* childFrame : aFrame->PrincipalChildList()) {
    aCollection.AppendElement(static_cast<nsTableRowFrame*>(childFrame));
    numRows++;
  }
  return numRows;
}

void
nsTableFrame::InsertRowGroups(const nsFrameList::Slice& aRowGroups)
{
#ifdef DEBUG_TABLE_CELLMAP
  printf("=== insertRowGroupsBefore\n");
  Dump(true, false, true);
#endif
  nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
  if (cellMap) {
    RowGroupArray orderedRowGroups;
    OrderRowGroups(orderedRowGroups);

    AutoTArray<nsTableRowFrame*, 8> rows;
    // Loop over the rowgroups and check if some of them are new, if they are
    // insert cellmaps in the order that is predefined by OrderRowGroups,
    // XXXbz this code is O(N*M) where N is number of new rowgroups
    // and M is number of rowgroups we have!
    uint32_t rgIndex;
    for (rgIndex = 0; rgIndex < orderedRowGroups.Length(); rgIndex++) {
      for (nsFrameList::Enumerator rowgroups(aRowGroups); !rowgroups.AtEnd();
           rowgroups.Next()) {
        if (orderedRowGroups[rgIndex] == rowgroups.get()) {
          nsTableRowGroupFrame* priorRG =
            (0 == rgIndex) ? nullptr : orderedRowGroups[rgIndex - 1];
          // create and add the cell map for the row group
          cellMap->InsertGroupCellMap(orderedRowGroups[rgIndex], priorRG);

          break;
        }
      }
    }
    cellMap->Synchronize(this);
    ResetRowIndices(aRowGroups);

    //now that the cellmaps are reordered too insert the rows
    for (rgIndex = 0; rgIndex < orderedRowGroups.Length(); rgIndex++) {
      for (nsFrameList::Enumerator rowgroups(aRowGroups); !rowgroups.AtEnd();
           rowgroups.Next()) {
        if (orderedRowGroups[rgIndex] == rowgroups.get()) {
          nsTableRowGroupFrame* priorRG =
            (0 == rgIndex) ? nullptr : orderedRowGroups[rgIndex - 1];
          // collect the new row frames in an array and add them to the table
          int32_t numRows = CollectRows(rowgroups.get(), rows);
          if (numRows > 0) {
            int32_t rowIndex = 0;
            if (priorRG) {
              int32_t priorNumRows = priorRG->GetRowCount();
              rowIndex = priorRG->GetStartRowIndex() + priorNumRows;
            }
            InsertRows(orderedRowGroups[rgIndex], rows, rowIndex, true);
            rows.Clear();
          }
          break;
        }
      }
    }

  }
#ifdef DEBUG_TABLE_CELLMAP
  printf("=== insertRowGroupsAfter\n");
  Dump(true, true, true);
#endif
}


/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Child frame enumeration

const nsFrameList&
nsTableFrame::GetChildList(ChildListID aListID) const
{
  if (aListID == kColGroupList) {
    return mColGroups;
  }
  return nsContainerFrame::GetChildList(aListID);
}

void
nsTableFrame::GetChildLists(nsTArray<ChildList>* aLists) const
{
  nsContainerFrame::GetChildLists(aLists);
  mColGroups.AppendIfNonempty(aLists, kColGroupList);
}

nsRect
nsDisplayTableItem::GetBounds(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
                              bool* aSnap) const
{
  *aSnap = false;
  return mFrame->GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf() + ToReferenceFrame();
}

void
nsDisplayTableItem::UpdateForFrameBackground(nsIFrame* aFrame)
{
  ComputedStyle *bgSC;
  if (!nsCSSRendering::FindBackground(aFrame, &bgSC))
    return;
  if (!bgSC->StyleBackground()->HasFixedBackground(aFrame))
    return;

  mPartHasFixedBackground = true;
}

nsDisplayItemGeometry*
nsDisplayTableItem::AllocateGeometry(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder)
{
  return new nsDisplayTableItemGeometry(this, aBuilder,
      mFrame->GetOffsetTo(mFrame->PresShell()->GetRootFrame()));
}

void
nsDisplayTableItem::ComputeInvalidationRegion(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
                                              const nsDisplayItemGeometry* aGeometry,
                                              nsRegion *aInvalidRegion) const
{
  auto geometry =
    static_cast<const nsDisplayTableItemGeometry*>(aGeometry);

  bool invalidateForAttachmentFixed = false;
  if (mDrawsBackground && mPartHasFixedBackground) {
    nsPoint frameOffsetToViewport = mFrame->GetOffsetTo(
        mFrame->PresShell()->GetRootFrame());
    invalidateForAttachmentFixed =
        frameOffsetToViewport != geometry->mFrameOffsetToViewport;
  }

  if (invalidateForAttachmentFixed ||
      (aBuilder->ShouldSyncDecodeImages() &&
       geometry->ShouldInvalidateToSyncDecodeImages())) {
    bool snap;
    aInvalidRegion->Or(*aInvalidRegion, GetBounds(aBuilder, &snap));
  }

  nsDisplayItem::ComputeInvalidationRegion(aBuilder, aGeometry, aInvalidRegion);
}

// A display item that draws all collapsed borders for a table.
// At some point, we may want to find a nicer partitioning for dividing
// border-collapse segments into their own display items.
class nsDisplayTableBorderCollapse : public nsDisplayTableItem {
public:
  nsDisplayTableBorderCollapse(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
                               nsTableFrame* aFrame)
    : nsDisplayTableItem(aBuilder, aFrame) {
    MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsDisplayTableBorderCollapse);
    }
#ifdef NS_BUILD_REFCNT_LOGGING
  virtual ~nsDisplayTableBorderCollapse() {
    MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsDisplayTableBorderCollapse);
  }
#endif

  virtual void Paint(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
                     gfxContext* aCtx) override;
  virtual bool CreateWebRenderCommands(mozilla::wr::DisplayListBuilder& aBuilder,
                                       wr::IpcResourceUpdateQueue& aResources,
                                       const StackingContextHelper& aSc,
                                       mozilla::layers::WebRenderLayerManager* aManager,
                                       nsDisplayListBuilder* aDisplayListBuilder) override;
  NS_DISPLAY_DECL_NAME("TableBorderCollapse", TYPE_TABLE_BORDER_COLLAPSE)
};

void
nsDisplayTableBorderCollapse::Paint(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
                                    gfxContext* aCtx)
{
  nsPoint pt = ToReferenceFrame();
  DrawTarget* drawTarget = aCtx->GetDrawTarget();

  gfxPoint devPixelOffset =
    nsLayoutUtils::PointToGfxPoint(pt, mFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());

  // XXX we should probably get rid of this translation at some stage
  // But that would mean modifying PaintBCBorders, ugh
  AutoRestoreTransform autoRestoreTransform(drawTarget);
  drawTarget->SetTransform(
      drawTarget->GetTransform().PreTranslate(ToPoint(devPixelOffset)));

  static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(mFrame)->PaintBCBorders(*drawTarget, GetPaintRect() - pt);
}

bool
nsDisplayTableBorderCollapse::CreateWebRenderCommands(mozilla::wr::DisplayListBuilder& aBuilder,
                                                      wr::IpcResourceUpdateQueue& aResources,
                                                      const StackingContextHelper& aSc,
                                                      mozilla::layers::WebRenderLayerManager* aManager,
                                                      nsDisplayListBuilder* aDisplayListBuilder)
{
  static_cast<nsTableFrame *>(mFrame)->CreateWebRenderCommandsForBCBorders(aBuilder,
                                                                          aSc,
                                                                          GetPaintRect(),
                                                                          ToReferenceFrame());
  return true;
}

/* static */ void
nsTableFrame::GenericTraversal(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder, nsFrame* aFrame,
                               const nsDisplayListSet& aLists)
{
  // This is similar to what nsContainerFrame::BuildDisplayListForNonBlockChildren
  // does, except that we allow the children's background and borders to go
  // in our BorderBackground list. This doesn't really affect background
  // painting --- the children won't actually draw their own backgrounds
  // because the nsTableFrame already drew them, unless a child has its own
  // stacking context, in which case the child won't use its passed-in
  // BorderBackground list anyway. It does affect cell borders though; this
  // lets us get cell borders into the nsTableFrame's BorderBackground list.
  for (nsIFrame* kid : aFrame->GetChildList(kColGroupList)) {
    aFrame->BuildDisplayListForChild(aBuilder, kid, aLists);
  }

  for (nsIFrame* kid : aFrame->PrincipalChildList()) {
    aFrame->BuildDisplayListForChild(aBuilder, kid, aLists);
  }
}

static void
PaintRowBackground(nsTableRowFrame* aRow,
                   nsIFrame* aFrame,
                   nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
                   const nsDisplayListSet& aLists,
                   const nsPoint& aOffset = nsPoint())
{
  // Compute background rect by iterating all cell frame.
  for (nsTableCellFrame* cell = aRow->GetFirstCell(); cell; cell = cell->GetNextCell()) {
    if (!cell->ShouldPaintBackground(aBuilder)) {
      continue;
    }

    auto cellRect = cell->GetRectRelativeToSelf() + cell->GetNormalPosition() + aOffset;
    if (!aBuilder->GetDirtyRect().Intersects(cellRect)) {
      continue;
    }
    nsDisplayBackgroundImage::AppendBackgroundItemsToTop(aBuilder, aFrame, cellRect,
                                                         aLists.BorderBackground(),
                                                         true, nullptr,
                                                         aFrame->GetRectRelativeToSelf(),
                                                         cell);
  }
}

static void
PaintRowGroupBackground(nsTableRowGroupFrame* aRowGroup,
                        nsIFrame* aFrame,
                        nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
                        const nsDisplayListSet& aLists)
{
  for (nsTableRowFrame* row = aRowGroup->GetFirstRow(); row; row = row->GetNextRow()) {
    if (!aBuilder->GetDirtyRect().Intersects(nsRect(row->GetNormalPosition(),
                                                    row->GetSize()))) {
      continue;
    }
    PaintRowBackground(row, aFrame, aBuilder, aLists, row->GetNormalPosition());
  }
}

static void
PaintRowGroupBackgroundByColIdx(nsTableRowGroupFrame* aRowGroup,
                                nsIFrame* aFrame,
                                nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
                                const nsDisplayListSet& aLists,
                                const nsTArray<uint32_t>& aColIdx,
                                const nsPoint& aOffset)
{
  MOZ_DIAGNOSTIC_ASSERT(!aColIdx.IsEmpty(),
                        "Must be painting backgrounds for something");

  for (nsTableRowFrame* row = aRowGroup->GetFirstRow(); row; row = row->GetNextRow()) {
    auto rowPos = row->GetNormalPosition() + aOffset;
    if (!aBuilder->GetDirtyRect().Intersects(nsRect(rowPos, row->GetSize()))) {
      continue;
    }
    for (nsTableCellFrame* cell = row->GetFirstCell(); cell; cell = cell->GetNextCell()) {
      uint32_t curColIdx = cell->ColIndex();
      if (!aColIdx.ContainsSorted(curColIdx)) {
        if (curColIdx > aColIdx.LastElement()) {
          // We can just stop looking at this row.
          break;
        }
        continue;
      }

      if (!cell->ShouldPaintBackground(aBuilder)) {
        continue;
      }

      auto cellPos = cell->GetNormalPosition() + rowPos;
      auto cellRect = nsRect(cellPos, cell->GetSize());
      if (!aBuilder->GetDirtyRect().Intersects(cellRect)) {
        continue;
      }
      nsDisplayBackgroundImage::AppendBackgroundItemsToTop(aBuilder, aFrame, cellRect,
                                                           aLists.BorderBackground(),
                                                           false, nullptr,
                                                           aFrame->GetRectRelativeToSelf(),
                                                           cell);
    }
  }
}

static inline bool FrameHasBorder(nsIFrame* f)
{
  if (!f->StyleVisibility()->IsVisible()) {
    return false;
  }

  if (f->StyleBorder()->HasBorder()) {
    return true;
  }

  return false;
}

void nsTableFrame::CalcHasBCBorders()
{
  if (!IsBorderCollapse()) {
    SetHasBCBorders(false);
    return;
  }

  if (FrameHasBorder(this)) {
    SetHasBCBorders(true);
    return;
  }

  // Check col and col group has borders.
  for (nsIFrame* f : this->GetChildList(kColGroupList)) {
    if (FrameHasBorder(f)) {
      SetHasBCBorders(true);
      return;
    }

    nsTableColGroupFrame *colGroup = static_cast<nsTableColGroupFrame*>(f);
    for (nsTableColFrame* col = colGroup->GetFirstColumn(); col; col = col->GetNextCol()) {
      if (FrameHasBorder(col)) {
        SetHasBCBorders(true);
        return;
      }
    }
  }

  // check row group, row and cell has borders.
  RowGroupArray rowGroups;
  OrderRowGroups(rowGroups);
  for (nsTableRowGroupFrame* rowGroup : rowGroups) {
    if (FrameHasBorder(rowGroup)) {
      SetHasBCBorders(true);
      return;
    }

    for (nsTableRowFrame* row = rowGroup->GetFirstRow(); row; row = row->GetNextRow()) {
      if (FrameHasBorder(row)) {
        SetHasBCBorders(true);
        return;
      }

      for (nsTableCellFrame* cell = row->GetFirstCell(); cell; cell = cell->GetNextCell()) {
        if (FrameHasBorder(cell)) {
          SetHasBCBorders(true);
          return;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  SetHasBCBorders(false);
}

/* static */ void
nsTableFrame::DisplayGenericTablePart(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
                                      nsFrame* aFrame,
                                      const nsDisplayListSet& aLists,
                                      DisplayGenericTablePartTraversal aTraversal)
{
  bool isVisible = aFrame->IsVisibleForPainting(aBuilder);
  bool isTable = aFrame->IsTableFrame();

  // Note that we UpdateForFrameBackground() even if we're not visible, unless
  // we're a table frame, because our backgrounds may paint anyway if the _cell_
  // is visible.
  if (isVisible || !isTable) {
    nsDisplayTableItem* currentItem = aBuilder->GetCurrentTableItem();
    // currentItem may be null, when none of the table parts have a
    // background or border
    if (currentItem) {
      currentItem->UpdateForFrameBackground(aFrame);
    }
  }

  if (isVisible) {
    // XXXbz should box-shadow for rows/rowgroups/columns/colgroups get painted
    // just because we're visible?  Or should it depend on the cell visibility
    // when we're not the whole table?

    // Paint the outset box-shadows for the table frames
    if (aFrame->StyleEffects()->mBoxShadow) {
      aLists.BorderBackground()->AppendToTop(
        MakeDisplayItem<nsDisplayBoxShadowOuter>(aBuilder, aFrame));
    }
  }

  // Background visibility for rows, rowgroups, columns, colgroups depends on
  // the visibility of the _cell_, not of the row/col(group).
  if (aFrame->IsTableRowGroupFrame()) {
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* rowGroup = static_cast<nsTableRowGroupFrame*>(aFrame);
    PaintRowGroupBackground(rowGroup, aFrame, aBuilder, aLists);
  } else if (aFrame->IsTableRowFrame()) {
    nsTableRowFrame* row = static_cast<nsTableRowFrame*>(aFrame);
    PaintRowBackground(row, aFrame, aBuilder, aLists);
  } else if (aFrame->IsTableColGroupFrame()) {
    // Compute background rect by iterating all cell frame.
    nsTableColGroupFrame* colGroup = static_cast<nsTableColGroupFrame*>(aFrame);
    // Collecting column index.
    AutoTArray<uint32_t, 1> colIdx;
    for (nsTableColFrame* col = colGroup->GetFirstColumn(); col; col = col->GetNextCol()) {
      MOZ_ASSERT(colIdx.IsEmpty() ||
                 static_cast<uint32_t>(col->GetColIndex()) > colIdx.LastElement());
      colIdx.AppendElement(col->GetColIndex());
    }

    if (!colIdx.IsEmpty()) {
      // We have some actual cells that live inside this rowgroup.
      nsTableFrame* table = colGroup->GetTableFrame();
      RowGroupArray rowGroups;
      table->OrderRowGroups(rowGroups);
      for (nsTableRowGroupFrame* rowGroup : rowGroups) {
        auto offset = rowGroup->GetNormalPosition() - colGroup->GetNormalPosition();
        if (!aBuilder->GetDirtyRect().Intersects(nsRect(offset, rowGroup->GetSize()))) {
          continue;
        }
        PaintRowGroupBackgroundByColIdx(rowGroup, aFrame, aBuilder, aLists, colIdx, offset);
      }
    }
  } else if (aFrame->IsTableColFrame()) {
    // Compute background rect by iterating all cell frame.
    nsTableColFrame* col = static_cast<nsTableColFrame*>(aFrame);
    AutoTArray<uint32_t, 1> colIdx;
    colIdx.AppendElement(col->GetColIndex());

    nsTableFrame* table = col->GetTableFrame();
    RowGroupArray rowGroups;
    table->OrderRowGroups(rowGroups);
    for (nsTableRowGroupFrame* rowGroup : rowGroups) {
      auto offset = rowGroup->GetNormalPosition() -
                    col->GetNormalPosition() -
                    col->GetTableColGroupFrame()->GetNormalPosition();
      if (!aBuilder->GetDirtyRect().Intersects(nsRect(offset, rowGroup->GetSize()))) {
        continue;
      }
      PaintRowGroupBackgroundByColIdx(rowGroup, aFrame, aBuilder, aLists, colIdx, offset);
    }
  } else if (isVisible) {
    nsDisplayBackgroundImage::AppendBackgroundItemsToTop(aBuilder, aFrame,
                                                         aFrame->GetRectRelativeToSelf(),
                                                         aLists.BorderBackground());
  }

  if (isVisible) {
    // XXXbz should box-shadow for rows/rowgroups/columns/colgroups get painted
    // just because we're visible?  Or should it depend on the cell visibility
    // when we're not the whole table?

    // Paint the inset box-shadows for the table frames
    if (aFrame->StyleEffects()->mBoxShadow) {
      aLists.BorderBackground()->AppendToTop(
        MakeDisplayItem<nsDisplayBoxShadowInner>(aBuilder, aFrame));
    }
  }

  aFrame->DisplayOutline(aBuilder, aLists);

  aTraversal(aBuilder, aFrame, aLists);

  if (isVisible) {
    if (isTable) {
      nsTableFrame* table = static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(aFrame);
      // In the collapsed border model, overlay all collapsed borders.
      if (table->IsBorderCollapse()) {
        if (table->HasBCBorders()) {
          aLists.BorderBackground()->AppendToTop(
            MakeDisplayItem<nsDisplayTableBorderCollapse>(aBuilder, table));
        }
      } else {
        const nsStyleBorder* borderStyle = aFrame->StyleBorder();
        if (borderStyle->HasBorder()) {
          aLists.BorderBackground()->AppendToTop(
            MakeDisplayItem<nsDisplayBorder>(aBuilder, table));
        }
      }
    }
  }
}

// table paint code is concerned primarily with borders and bg color
// SEC: TODO: adjust the rect for captions
void
nsTableFrame::BuildDisplayList(nsDisplayListBuilder*   aBuilder,
                               const nsDisplayListSet& aLists)
{
  DO_GLOBAL_REFLOW_COUNT_DSP_COLOR("nsTableFrame", NS_RGB(255,128,255));

  DisplayGenericTablePart(aBuilder, this, aLists);
}

nsMargin
nsTableFrame::GetDeflationForBackground(nsPresContext* aPresContext) const
{
  if (eCompatibility_NavQuirks != aPresContext->CompatibilityMode() ||
      !IsBorderCollapse())
    return nsMargin(0,0,0,0);

  WritingMode wm = GetWritingMode();
  return GetOuterBCBorder(wm).GetPhysicalMargin(wm);
}

nsIFrame::LogicalSides
nsTableFrame::GetLogicalSkipSides(const ReflowInput* aReflowInput) const
{
  if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(StyleBorder()->mBoxDecorationBreak ==
                     StyleBoxDecorationBreak::Clone)) {
    return LogicalSides();
  }

  LogicalSides skip;
  // frame attribute was accounted for in nsHTMLTableElement::MapTableBorderInto
  // account for pagination
  if (nullptr != GetPrevInFlow()) {
    skip |= eLogicalSideBitsBStart;
  }
  if (nullptr != GetNextInFlow()) {
    skip |= eLogicalSideBitsBEnd;
  }
  return skip;
}

void
nsTableFrame::SetColumnDimensions(nscoord aBSize, WritingMode aWM,
                                  const LogicalMargin& aBorderPadding,
                                  const nsSize& aContainerSize)
{
  const nscoord colBSize = aBSize - (aBorderPadding.BStartEnd(aWM) +
                           GetRowSpacing(-1) + GetRowSpacing(GetRowCount()));
  int32_t colIdx = 0;
  LogicalPoint colGroupOrigin(aWM,
                              aBorderPadding.IStart(aWM) + GetColSpacing(-1),
                              aBorderPadding.BStart(aWM) + GetRowSpacing(-1));
  nsTableFrame* fif = static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(FirstInFlow());
  for (nsIFrame* colGroupFrame : mColGroups) {
    MOZ_ASSERT(colGroupFrame->IsTableColGroupFrame());
    // first we need to figure out the size of the colgroup
    int32_t groupFirstCol = colIdx;
    nscoord colGroupISize = 0;
    nscoord cellSpacingI = 0;
    const nsFrameList& columnList = colGroupFrame->PrincipalChildList();
    for (nsIFrame* colFrame : columnList) {
      if (mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableColumn ==
          colFrame->StyleDisplay()->mDisplay) {
        NS_ASSERTION(colIdx < GetColCount(), "invalid number of columns");
        cellSpacingI = GetColSpacing(colIdx);
        colGroupISize += fif->GetColumnISizeFromFirstInFlow(colIdx) +
                         cellSpacingI;
        ++colIdx;
      }
    }
    if (colGroupISize) {
      colGroupISize -= cellSpacingI;
    }

    LogicalRect colGroupRect(aWM, colGroupOrigin.I(aWM), colGroupOrigin.B(aWM),
                             colGroupISize, colBSize);
    colGroupFrame->SetRect(aWM, colGroupRect, aContainerSize);
    nsSize colGroupSize = colGroupFrame->GetSize();

    // then we can place the columns correctly within the group
    colIdx = groupFirstCol;
    LogicalPoint colOrigin(aWM);
    for (nsIFrame* colFrame : columnList) {
      if (mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableColumn ==
          colFrame->StyleDisplay()->mDisplay) {
        nscoord colISize = fif->GetColumnISizeFromFirstInFlow(colIdx);
        LogicalRect colRect(aWM, colOrigin.I(aWM), colOrigin.B(aWM),
                            colISize, colBSize);
        colFrame->SetRect(aWM, colRect, colGroupSize);
        cellSpacingI = GetColSpacing(colIdx);
        colOrigin.I(aWM) += colISize + cellSpacingI;
        ++colIdx;
      }
    }

    colGroupOrigin.I(aWM) += colGroupISize + cellSpacingI;
  }
}

// SEC: TODO need to worry about continuing frames prev/next in flow for splitting across pages.

// XXX this could be made more general to handle row modifications that change the
// table bsize, but first we need to scrutinize every Invalidate
void
nsTableFrame::ProcessRowInserted(nscoord aNewBSize)
{
  SetRowInserted(false); // reset the bit that got us here
  nsTableFrame::RowGroupArray rowGroups;
  OrderRowGroups(rowGroups);
  // find the row group containing the inserted row
  for (uint32_t rgIdx = 0; rgIdx < rowGroups.Length(); rgIdx++) {
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* rgFrame = rowGroups[rgIdx];
    NS_ASSERTION(rgFrame, "Must have rgFrame here");
    // find the row that was inserted first
    for (nsIFrame* childFrame : rgFrame->PrincipalChildList()) {
      nsTableRowFrame *rowFrame = do_QueryFrame(childFrame);
      if (rowFrame) {
        if (rowFrame->IsFirstInserted()) {
          rowFrame->SetFirstInserted(false);
          // damage the table from the 1st row inserted to the end of the table
          nsIFrame::InvalidateFrame();
          // XXXbz didn't we do this up front?  Why do we need to do it again?
          SetRowInserted(false);
          return; // found it, so leave
        }
      }
    }
  }
}

/* virtual */ void
nsTableFrame::MarkIntrinsicISizesDirty()
{
  nsITableLayoutStrategy* tls = LayoutStrategy();
  if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(!tls)) {
    // This is a FrameNeedsReflow() from nsBlockFrame::RemoveFrame()
    // walking up the ancestor chain in a table next-in-flow.  In this case
    // our original first-in-flow (which owns the TableLayoutStrategy) has
    // already been destroyed and unhooked from the flow chain and thusly
    // LayoutStrategy() returns null.  All the frames in the flow will be
    // destroyed so no need to mark anything dirty here.  See bug 595758.
    return;
  }
  tls->MarkIntrinsicISizesDirty();

  // XXXldb Call SetBCDamageArea?

  nsContainerFrame::MarkIntrinsicISizesDirty();
}

/* virtual */ nscoord
nsTableFrame::GetMinISize(gfxContext *aRenderingContext)
{
  if (NeedToCalcBCBorders())
    CalcBCBorders();

  ReflowColGroups(aRenderingContext);

  return LayoutStrategy()->GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
}

/* virtual */ nscoord
nsTableFrame::GetPrefISize(gfxContext *aRenderingContext)
{
  if (NeedToCalcBCBorders())
    CalcBCBorders();

  ReflowColGroups(aRenderingContext);

  return LayoutStrategy()->GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext, false);
}

/* virtual */ nsIFrame::IntrinsicISizeOffsetData
nsTableFrame::IntrinsicISizeOffsets(nscoord aPercentageBasis)
{
  IntrinsicISizeOffsetData result =
    nsContainerFrame::IntrinsicISizeOffsets(aPercentageBasis);

  result.hMargin = 0;

  if (IsBorderCollapse()) {
    result.hPadding = 0;

    WritingMode wm = GetWritingMode();
    LogicalMargin outerBC = GetIncludedOuterBCBorder(wm);
    result.hBorder = outerBC.IStartEnd(wm);
  }

  return result;
}

/* virtual */
LogicalSize
nsTableFrame::ComputeSize(gfxContext*         aRenderingContext,
                          WritingMode         aWM,
                          const LogicalSize&  aCBSize,
                          nscoord             aAvailableISize,
                          const LogicalSize&  aMargin,
                          const LogicalSize&  aBorder,
                          const LogicalSize&  aPadding,
                          ComputeSizeFlags    aFlags)
{
  LogicalSize result =
    nsContainerFrame::ComputeSize(aRenderingContext, aWM,
                                  aCBSize, aAvailableISize,
                                  aMargin, aBorder, aPadding, aFlags);

  // XXX The code below doesn't make sense if the caller's writing mode
  // is orthogonal to this frame's. Not sure yet what should happen then;
  // for now, just bail out.
  if (aWM.IsVertical() != GetWritingMode().IsVertical()) {
    return result;
  }

  // If we're a container for font size inflation, then shrink
  // wrapping inside of us should not apply font size inflation.
  AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(this);

  // Tables never shrink below their min inline-size.
  nscoord minISize = GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
  if (minISize > result.ISize(aWM)) {
    result.ISize(aWM) = minISize;
  }

  return result;
}

nscoord
nsTableFrame::TableShrinkISizeToFit(gfxContext *aRenderingContext,
                                    nscoord aISizeInCB)
{
  // If we're a container for font size inflation, then shrink
  // wrapping inside of us should not apply font size inflation.
  AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(this);

  nscoord result;
  nscoord minISize = GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
  if (minISize > aISizeInCB) {
    result = minISize;
  } else {
    // Tables shrink inline-size to fit with a slightly different algorithm
    // from the one they use for their intrinsic isize (the difference
    // relates to handling of percentage isizes on columns).  So this
    // function differs from nsFrame::ShrinkWidthToFit by only the
    // following line.
    // Since we've already called GetMinISize, we don't need to do any
    // of the other stuff GetPrefISize does.
    nscoord prefISize =
      LayoutStrategy()->GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext, true);
    if (prefISize > aISizeInCB) {
      result = aISizeInCB;
    } else {
      result = prefISize;
    }
  }
  return result;
}

/* virtual */
LogicalSize
nsTableFrame::ComputeAutoSize(gfxContext*         aRenderingContext,
                              WritingMode         aWM,
                              const LogicalSize&  aCBSize,
                              nscoord             aAvailableISize,
                              const LogicalSize&  aMargin,
                              const LogicalSize&  aBorder,
                              const LogicalSize&  aPadding,
                              ComputeSizeFlags    aFlags)
{
  // Tables always shrink-wrap.
  nscoord cbBased = aAvailableISize - aMargin.ISize(aWM) - aBorder.ISize(aWM) -
                    aPadding.ISize(aWM);
  return LogicalSize(aWM, TableShrinkISizeToFit(aRenderingContext, cbBased),
                     NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
}

// Return true if aParentReflowInput.frame or any of its ancestors within
// the containing table have non-auto bsize. (e.g. pct or fixed bsize)
bool
nsTableFrame::AncestorsHaveStyleBSize(const ReflowInput& aParentReflowInput)
{
  WritingMode wm = aParentReflowInput.GetWritingMode();
  for (const ReflowInput* rs = &aParentReflowInput;
       rs && rs->mFrame; rs = rs->mParentReflowInput) {
    LayoutFrameType frameType = rs->mFrame->Type();
    if (IsTableCell(frameType) ||
        (LayoutFrameType::TableRow      == frameType) ||
        (LayoutFrameType::TableRowGroup == frameType)) {
      const nsStyleCoord &bsize = rs->mStylePosition->BSize(wm);
      // calc() with percentages treated like 'auto' on internal table elements
      if (bsize.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto &&
          (!bsize.IsCalcUnit() || !bsize.HasPercent())) {
        return true;
      }
    } else if (LayoutFrameType::Table == frameType) {
      // we reached the containing table, so always return
      return rs->mStylePosition->BSize(wm).GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto;
    }
  }
  return false;
}

// See if a special block-size reflow needs to occur and if so,
// call RequestSpecialBSizeReflow
void
nsTableFrame::CheckRequestSpecialBSizeReflow(const ReflowInput& aReflowInput)
{
  NS_ASSERTION(IsTableCell(aReflowInput.mFrame->Type()) ||
               aReflowInput.mFrame->IsTableRowFrame() ||
               aReflowInput.mFrame->IsTableRowGroupFrame() ||
               aReflowInput.mFrame->IsTableFrame(),
               "unexpected frame type");
  WritingMode wm = aReflowInput.GetWritingMode();
  if (!aReflowInput.mFrame->GetPrevInFlow() &&  // 1st in flow
      (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE == aReflowInput.ComputedBSize() ||  // no computed bsize
       0                    == aReflowInput.ComputedBSize()) &&
      eStyleUnit_Percent == aReflowInput.mStylePosition->BSize(wm).GetUnit() && // pct bsize
      nsTableFrame::AncestorsHaveStyleBSize(*aReflowInput.mParentReflowInput)) {
    nsTableFrame::RequestSpecialBSizeReflow(aReflowInput);
  }
}

// Notify the frame and its ancestors (up to the containing table) that a special
// bsize reflow will occur. During a special bsize reflow, a table, row group,
// row, or cell returns the last size it was reflowed at. However, the table may
// change the bsize of row groups, rows, cells in DistributeBSizeToRows after.
// And the row group can change the bsize of rows, cells in CalculateRowBSizes.
void
nsTableFrame::RequestSpecialBSizeReflow(const ReflowInput& aReflowInput)
{
  // notify the frame and its ancestors of the special reflow, stopping at the containing table
  for (const ReflowInput* rs = &aReflowInput; rs && rs->mFrame; rs = rs->mParentReflowInput) {
    LayoutFrameType frameType = rs->mFrame->Type();
    NS_ASSERTION(IsTableCell(frameType) ||
                 LayoutFrameType::TableRow == frameType ||
                 LayoutFrameType::TableRowGroup == frameType ||
                 LayoutFrameType::Table == frameType,
                 "unexpected frame type");

    rs->mFrame->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_CONTAINS_RELATIVE_BSIZE);
    if (LayoutFrameType::Table == frameType) {
      NS_ASSERTION(rs != &aReflowInput,
                   "should not request special bsize reflow for table");
      // always stop when we reach a table
      break;
    }
  }
}

/******************************************************************************************
 * Before reflow, intrinsic inline-size calculation is done using GetMinISize
 * and GetPrefISize.  This used to be known as pass 1 reflow.
 *
 * After the intrinsic isize calculation, the table determines the
 * column widths using BalanceColumnISizes() and
 * then reflows each child again with a constrained avail isize. This reflow is referred to
 * as the pass 2 reflow.
 *
 * A special bsize reflow (pass 3 reflow) can occur during an initial or resize reflow
 * if (a) a row group, row, cell, or a frame inside a cell has a percent bsize but no computed
 * bsize or (b) in paginated mode, a table has a bsize. (a) supports percent nested tables
 * contained inside cells whose bsizes aren't known until after the pass 2 reflow. (b) is
 * necessary because the table cannot split until after the pass 2 reflow. The mechanics of
 * the special bsize reflow (variety a) are as follows:
 *
 * 1) Each table related frame (table, row group, row, cell) implements NeedsSpecialReflow()
 *    to indicate that it should get the reflow. It does this when it has a percent bsize but
 *    no computed bsize by calling CheckRequestSpecialBSizeReflow(). This method calls
 *    RequestSpecialBSizeReflow() which calls SetNeedSpecialReflow() on its ancestors until
 *    it reaches the containing table and calls SetNeedToInitiateSpecialReflow() on it. For
 *    percent bsize frames inside cells, during DidReflow(), the cell's NotifyPercentBSize()
 *    is called (the cell is the reflow state's mPercentBSizeObserver in this case).
 *    NotifyPercentBSize() calls RequestSpecialBSizeReflow().
 *
 * XXX (jfkthame) This comment appears to be out of date; it refers to methods/flags
 *                that are no longer present in the code.
 * 2) After the pass 2 reflow, if the table's NeedToInitiateSpecialReflow(true) was called, it
 *    will do the special bsize reflow, setting the reflow state's mFlags.mSpecialBSizeReflow
 *    to true and mSpecialHeightInitiator to itself. It won't do this if IsPrematureSpecialHeightReflow()
 *    returns true because in that case another special bsize reflow will be coming along with the
 *    containing table as the mSpecialHeightInitiator. It is only relevant to do the reflow when
 *    the mSpecialHeightInitiator is the containing table, because if it is a remote ancestor, then
 *    appropriate bsizes will not be known.
 *
 * 3) Since the bsizes of the table, row groups, rows, and cells was determined during the pass 2
 *    reflow, they return their last desired sizes during the special bsize reflow. The reflow only
 *    permits percent bsize frames inside the cells to resize based on the cells bsize and that bsize
 *    was determined during the pass 2 reflow.
 *
 * So, in the case of deeply nested tables, all of the tables that were told to initiate a special
 * reflow will do so, but if a table is already in a special reflow, it won't inititate the reflow
 * until the current initiator is its containing table. Since these reflows are only received by
 * frames that need them and they don't cause any rebalancing of tables, the extra overhead is minimal.
 *
 * The type of special reflow that occurs during printing (variety b) follows the same mechanism except
 * that all frames will receive the reflow even if they don't really need them.
 *
 * Open issues with the special bsize reflow:
 *
 * 1) At some point there should be 2 kinds of special bsize reflows because (a) and (b) above are
 *    really quite different. This would avoid unnecessary reflows during printing.
 * 2) When a cell contains frames whose percent bsizes > 100%, there is data loss (see bug 115245).
 *    However, this can also occur if a cell has a fixed bsize and there is no special bsize reflow.
 *
 * XXXldb Special bsize reflow should really be its own method, not
 * part of nsIFrame::Reflow.  It should then call nsIFrame::Reflow on
 * the contents of the cells to do the necessary block-axis resizing.
 *
 ******************************************************************************************/

/* Layout the entire inner table. */
void
nsTableFrame::Reflow(nsPresContext*           aPresContext,
                     ReflowOutput&     aDesiredSize,
                     const ReflowInput& aReflowInput,
                     nsReflowStatus&          aStatus)
{
  MarkInReflow();
  DO_GLOBAL_REFLOW_COUNT("nsTableFrame");
  DISPLAY_REFLOW(aPresContext, this, aReflowInput, aDesiredSize, aStatus);
  MOZ_ASSERT(aStatus.IsEmpty(), "Caller should pass a fresh reflow status!");

  bool isPaginated = aPresContext->IsPaginated();
  WritingMode wm = aReflowInput.GetWritingMode();

  if (!GetPrevInFlow() && !mTableLayoutStrategy) {
    NS_ERROR("strategy should have been created in Init");
    return;
  }

  // see if collapsing borders need to be calculated
  if (!GetPrevInFlow() && IsBorderCollapse() && NeedToCalcBCBorders()) {
    CalcBCBorders();
  }

  aDesiredSize.ISize(wm) = aReflowInput.AvailableISize();

  // Check for an overflow list, and append any row group frames being pushed
  MoveOverflowToChildList();

  bool haveDesiredBSize = false;
  SetHaveReflowedColGroups(false);

  // The tentative width is the width we assumed for the table when the child
  // frames were positioned (which only matters in vertical-rl mode, because
  // they're positioned relative to the right-hand edge). Then, after reflowing
  // the kids, we can check whether the table ends up with a different width
  // than this tentative value (either because it was unconstrained, so we used
  // zero, or because it was enlarged by the child frames), we make the
  // necessary positioning adjustments along the x-axis.
  nscoord tentativeContainerWidth = 0;
  bool mayAdjustXForAllChildren = false;

  // Reflow the entire table (pass 2 and possibly pass 3). This phase is necessary during a
  // constrained initial reflow and other reflows which require either a strategy init or balance.
  // This isn't done during an unconstrained reflow, because it will occur later when the parent
  // reflows with a constrained isize.
  if (NS_SUBTREE_DIRTY(this) ||
      aReflowInput.ShouldReflowAllKids() ||
      IsGeometryDirty() ||
      isPaginated ||
      aReflowInput.IsBResize()) {

    if (aReflowInput.ComputedBSize() != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE ||
        // Also check IsBResize(), to handle the first Reflow preceding a
        // special bsize Reflow, when we've already had a special bsize
        // Reflow (where ComputedBSize() would not be
        // NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, but without a style change in between).
        aReflowInput.IsBResize()) {
      // XXX Eventually, we should modify DistributeBSizeToRows to use
      // nsTableRowFrame::GetInitialBSize instead of nsIFrame::BSize().
      // That way, it will make its calculations based on internal table
      // frame bsizes as they are before they ever had any extra bsize
      // distributed to them.  In the meantime, this reflows all the
      // internal table frames, which restores them to their state before
      // DistributeBSizeToRows was called.
      SetGeometryDirty();
    }

    bool needToInitiateSpecialReflow = false;
    if (isPaginated) {
      // see if an extra reflow will be necessary in pagination mode
      // when there is a specified table bsize
      if (!GetPrevInFlow() &&
          NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE != aReflowInput.AvailableBSize()) {
        nscoord tableSpecifiedBSize = CalcBorderBoxBSize(aReflowInput);
        if ((tableSpecifiedBSize > 0) &&
            (tableSpecifiedBSize != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE)) {
          needToInitiateSpecialReflow = true;
        }
      }
    } else {
      needToInitiateSpecialReflow =
        HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_CONTAINS_RELATIVE_BSIZE);
    }
    nsIFrame* lastChildReflowed = nullptr;

    NS_ASSERTION(!aReflowInput.mFlags.mSpecialBSizeReflow,
                 "Shouldn't be in special bsize reflow here!");

    // do the pass 2 reflow unless this is a special bsize reflow and we will be
    // initiating a special bsize reflow
    // XXXldb I changed this.  Should I change it back?

    // if we need to initiate a special bsize reflow, then don't constrain the
    // bsize of the reflow before that
    nscoord availBSize = needToInitiateSpecialReflow
                         ? NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE
                         : aReflowInput.AvailableBSize();

    ReflowTable(aDesiredSize, aReflowInput, availBSize,
                lastChildReflowed, aStatus);
    // When in vertical-rl mode, there may be two kinds of scenarios in which
    // the positioning of all the children need to be adjusted along the x-axis
    // because the width we assumed for the table when the child frames were
    // being positioned(i.e. tentative width) may be different from the final
    // width for the table:
    // 1. If the computed width for the table is unconstrained, a dummy zero
    //    width was assumed as the tentative width to begin with.
    // 2. If the child frames enlarge the width for the table, the final width
    //    becomes larger than the tentative one.
    // Let's record the tentative width here, if later the final width turns out
    // to be different from this tentative one, it means one of the above
    // scenarios happens, then we adjust positioning of all the children.
    // Note that vertical-lr, unlike vertical-rl, doesn't need to take special
    // care of this situation, because they're positioned relative to the
    // left-hand edge.
    if (wm.IsVerticalRL()) {
      tentativeContainerWidth =
        aReflowInput.ComputedSizeAsContainerIfConstrained().width;
      mayAdjustXForAllChildren = true;
    }

    // reevaluate special bsize reflow conditions
    if (HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_CONTAINS_RELATIVE_BSIZE)) {
      needToInitiateSpecialReflow = true;
    }

    // XXXldb Are all these conditions correct?
    if (needToInitiateSpecialReflow && aStatus.IsComplete()) {
      // XXXldb Do we need to set the IsBResize flag on any reflow states?

      ReflowInput &mutable_rs =
        const_cast<ReflowInput&>(aReflowInput);

      // distribute extra block-direction space to rows
      CalcDesiredBSize(aReflowInput, aDesiredSize);
      mutable_rs.mFlags.mSpecialBSizeReflow = true;

      ReflowTable(aDesiredSize, aReflowInput, aReflowInput.AvailableBSize(),
                  lastChildReflowed, aStatus);

      if (lastChildReflowed && aStatus.IsIncomplete()) {
        // if there is an incomplete child, then set the desired bsize
        // to include it but not the next one
        LogicalMargin borderPadding = GetChildAreaOffset(wm, &aReflowInput);
        aDesiredSize.BSize(wm) =
          borderPadding.BEnd(wm) + GetRowSpacing(GetRowCount()) +
          lastChildReflowed->GetNormalRect().YMost(); // XXX YMost should be B-flavored
      }
      haveDesiredBSize = true;

      mutable_rs.mFlags.mSpecialBSizeReflow = false;
    }
  }

  aDesiredSize.ISize(wm) = aReflowInput.ComputedISize() +
    aReflowInput.ComputedLogicalBorderPadding().IStartEnd(wm);
  if (!haveDesiredBSize) {
    CalcDesiredBSize(aReflowInput, aDesiredSize);
  }
  if (IsRowInserted()) {
    ProcessRowInserted(aDesiredSize.BSize(wm));
  }

  // For more information on the reason for what we should do this, refer to the
  // code which defines and evaluates the variables xAdjustmentForAllKids and
  // tentativeContainerWidth in the previous part in this function.
  if (mayAdjustXForAllChildren) {
    nscoord xAdjustmentForAllKids =
      aDesiredSize.Width() - tentativeContainerWidth;
    if (0 != xAdjustmentForAllKids) {
      for (nsIFrame* kid : mFrames) {
        kid->MovePositionBy(nsPoint(xAdjustmentForAllKids, 0));
        RePositionViews(kid);
      }
    }
  }

  // Calculate the overflow area contribution from our children. We couldn't
  // do this on the fly during ReflowChildren(), because in vertical-rl mode
  // with unconstrained width, we weren't placing them in their final positions
  // until the fixupKidPositions loop just above.
  for (nsIFrame* kid : mFrames) {
    ConsiderChildOverflow(aDesiredSize.mOverflowAreas, kid);
  }

  LogicalMargin borderPadding = GetChildAreaOffset(wm, &aReflowInput);
  SetColumnDimensions(aDesiredSize.BSize(wm), wm, borderPadding,
                      aDesiredSize.PhysicalSize());
  if (NeedToCollapse() &&
      (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE != aReflowInput.AvailableISize())) {
    AdjustForCollapsingRowsCols(aDesiredSize, wm, borderPadding);
  }

  // If there are any relatively-positioned table parts, we need to reflow their
  // absolutely-positioned descendants now that their dimensions are final.
  FixupPositionedTableParts(aPresContext, aDesiredSize, aReflowInput);

  // make sure the table overflow area does include the table rect.
  nsRect tableRect(0, 0, aDesiredSize.Width(), aDesiredSize.Height()) ;

  if (!ShouldApplyOverflowClipping(this, aReflowInput.mStyleDisplay)) {
    // collapsed border may leak out
    LogicalMargin bcMargin = GetExcludedOuterBCBorder(wm);
    tableRect.Inflate(bcMargin.GetPhysicalMargin(wm));
  }
  aDesiredSize.mOverflowAreas.UnionAllWith(tableRect);

  FinishAndStoreOverflow(&aDesiredSize);
  NS_FRAME_SET_TRUNCATION(aStatus, aReflowInput, aDesiredSize);
}

void
nsTableFrame::FixupPositionedTableParts(nsPresContext*           aPresContext,
                                        ReflowOutput&     aDesiredSize,
                                        const ReflowInput& aReflowInput)
{
  FrameTArray* positionedParts = GetProperty(PositionedTablePartArray());
  if (!positionedParts) {
    return;
  }

  OverflowChangedTracker overflowTracker;
  overflowTracker.SetSubtreeRoot(this);

  for (size_t i = 0; i < positionedParts->Length(); ++i) {
    nsIFrame* positionedPart = positionedParts->ElementAt(i);

    // As we've already finished reflow, positionedParts's size and overflow
    // areas have already been assigned, so we just pull them back out.
    nsSize size(positionedPart->GetSize());
    ReflowOutput desiredSize(aReflowInput.GetWritingMode());
    desiredSize.Width() = size.width;
    desiredSize.Height() = size.height;
    desiredSize.mOverflowAreas = positionedPart->GetOverflowAreasRelativeToSelf();

    // Construct a dummy reflow state and reflow status.
    // XXX(seth): Note that the dummy reflow state doesn't have a correct
    // chain of parent reflow states. It also doesn't necessarily have a
    // correct containing block.
    WritingMode wm = positionedPart->GetWritingMode();
    LogicalSize availSize(wm, size);
    availSize.BSize(wm) = NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE;
    ReflowInput reflowInput(aPresContext, positionedPart,
                                  aReflowInput.mRenderingContext, availSize,
                                  ReflowInput::DUMMY_PARENT_REFLOW_STATE);
    nsReflowStatus reflowStatus;

    // Reflow absolutely-positioned descendants of the positioned part.
    // FIXME: Unconditionally using NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE for the bsize and
    // ignoring any change to the reflow status aren't correct. We'll never
    // paginate absolutely positioned frames.
    nsFrame* positionedFrame = static_cast<nsFrame*>(positionedPart);
    positionedFrame->FinishReflowWithAbsoluteFrames(PresContext(),
                                                    desiredSize,
                                                    reflowInput,
                                                    reflowStatus,
                                                    true);

    // FinishReflowWithAbsoluteFrames has updated overflow on
    // |positionedPart|.  We need to make sure that update propagates
    // through the intermediate frames between it and this frame.
    nsIFrame* positionedFrameParent = positionedPart->GetParent();
    if (positionedFrameParent != this) {
      overflowTracker.AddFrame(positionedFrameParent,
        OverflowChangedTracker::CHILDREN_CHANGED);
    }
  }

  // Propagate updated overflow areas up the tree.
  overflowTracker.Flush();

  // Update our own overflow areas. (OverflowChangedTracker doesn't update the
  // subtree root itself.)
  aDesiredSize.SetOverflowAreasToDesiredBounds();
  nsLayoutUtils::UnionChildOverflow(this, aDesiredSize.mOverflowAreas);
}

bool
nsTableFrame::ComputeCustomOverflow(nsOverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas)
{
  // As above in Reflow, make sure the table overflow area includes the table
  // rect, and check for collapsed borders leaking out.
  if (!ShouldApplyOverflowClipping(this, StyleDisplay())) {
    nsRect bounds(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize());
    WritingMode wm = GetWritingMode();
    LogicalMargin bcMargin = GetExcludedOuterBCBorder(wm);
    bounds.Inflate(bcMargin.GetPhysicalMargin(wm));

    aOverflowAreas.UnionAllWith(bounds);
  }
  return nsContainerFrame::ComputeCustomOverflow(aOverflowAreas);
}

void
nsTableFrame::ReflowTable(ReflowOutput&     aDesiredSize,
                          const ReflowInput& aReflowInput,
                          nscoord                  aAvailBSize,
                          nsIFrame*&               aLastChildReflowed,
                          nsReflowStatus&          aStatus)
{
  aLastChildReflowed = nullptr;

  if (!GetPrevInFlow()) {
    mTableLayoutStrategy->ComputeColumnISizes(aReflowInput);
  }
  // Constrain our reflow isize to the computed table isize (of the 1st in flow).
  // and our reflow bsize to our avail bsize minus border, padding, cellspacing
  WritingMode wm = aReflowInput.GetWritingMode();
  aDesiredSize.ISize(wm) = aReflowInput.ComputedISize() +
                     aReflowInput.ComputedLogicalBorderPadding().IStartEnd(wm);
  TableReflowInput reflowInput(aReflowInput,
                                 LogicalSize(wm, aDesiredSize.ISize(wm),
                                             aAvailBSize));
  ReflowChildren(reflowInput, aStatus, aLastChildReflowed,
                 aDesiredSize.mOverflowAreas);

  ReflowColGroups(aReflowInput.mRenderingContext);
}

nsIFrame*
nsTableFrame::GetFirstBodyRowGroupFrame()
{
  nsIFrame* headerFrame = nullptr;
  nsIFrame* footerFrame = nullptr;

  for (nsIFrame* kidFrame : mFrames) {
    const nsStyleDisplay* childDisplay = kidFrame->StyleDisplay();

    // We expect the header and footer row group frames to be first, and we only
    // allow one header and one footer
    if (mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableHeaderGroup == childDisplay->mDisplay) {
      if (headerFrame) {
        // We already have a header frame and so this header frame is treated
        // like an ordinary body row group frame
        return kidFrame;
      }
      headerFrame = kidFrame;

    } else if (mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableFooterGroup == childDisplay->mDisplay) {
      if (footerFrame) {
        // We already have a footer frame and so this footer frame is treated
        // like an ordinary body row group frame
        return kidFrame;
      }
      footerFrame = kidFrame;

    } else if (mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableRowGroup == childDisplay->mDisplay) {
      return kidFrame;
    }
  }

  return nullptr;
}

// Table specific version that takes into account repeated header and footer
// frames when continuing table frames
void
nsTableFrame::PushChildren(const RowGroupArray& aRowGroups,
                           int32_t aPushFrom)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aPushFrom > 0, "pushing first child");

  // extract the frames from the array into a sibling list
  nsFrameList frames;
  uint32_t childX;
  for (childX = aPushFrom; childX < aRowGroups.Length(); ++childX) {
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* rgFrame = aRowGroups[childX];
    if (!rgFrame->IsRepeatable()) {
      mFrames.RemoveFrame(rgFrame);
      frames.AppendFrame(nullptr, rgFrame);
    }
  }

  if (frames.IsEmpty()) {
    return;
  }

  nsTableFrame* nextInFlow = static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(GetNextInFlow());
  if (nextInFlow) {
    // Insert the frames after any repeated header and footer frames.
    nsIFrame* firstBodyFrame = nextInFlow->GetFirstBodyRowGroupFrame();
    nsIFrame* prevSibling = nullptr;
    if (firstBodyFrame) {
      prevSibling = firstBodyFrame->GetPrevSibling();
    }
    // When pushing and pulling frames we need to check for whether any
    // views need to be reparented.
    ReparentFrameViewList(frames, this, nextInFlow);
    nextInFlow->mFrames.InsertFrames(nextInFlow, prevSibling,
                                     frames);
  }
  else {
    // Add the frames to our overflow list.
    SetOverflowFrames(frames);
  }
}

// collapsing row groups, rows, col groups and cols are accounted for after both passes of
// reflow so that it has no effect on the calculations of reflow.
void
nsTableFrame::AdjustForCollapsingRowsCols(ReflowOutput& aDesiredSize,
                                          const WritingMode aWM,
                                          const LogicalMargin& aBorderPadding)
{
  nscoord bTotalOffset = 0; // total offset among all rows in all row groups

  // reset the bit, it will be set again if row/rowgroup or col/colgroup are
  // collapsed
  SetNeedToCollapse(false);

  // collapse the rows and/or row groups as necessary
  // Get the ordered children
  RowGroupArray rowGroups;
  OrderRowGroups(rowGroups);

  nsTableFrame* firstInFlow = static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(FirstInFlow());
  nscoord iSize = firstInFlow->GetCollapsedISize(aWM, aBorderPadding);
  nscoord rgISize = iSize - GetColSpacing(-1) -
                    GetColSpacing(GetColCount());
  nsOverflowAreas overflow;
  // Walk the list of children
  for (uint32_t childX = 0; childX < rowGroups.Length(); childX++) {
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* rgFrame = rowGroups[childX];
    NS_ASSERTION(rgFrame, "Must have row group frame here");
    bTotalOffset += rgFrame->CollapseRowGroupIfNecessary(bTotalOffset, rgISize,
                                                         aWM);
    ConsiderChildOverflow(overflow, rgFrame);
  }

  aDesiredSize.BSize(aWM) -= bTotalOffset;
  aDesiredSize.ISize(aWM) = iSize;
  overflow.UnionAllWith(nsRect(0, 0, aDesiredSize.Width(), aDesiredSize.Height()));
  FinishAndStoreOverflow(overflow,
                         nsSize(aDesiredSize.Width(), aDesiredSize.Height()));
}


nscoord
nsTableFrame::GetCollapsedISize(const WritingMode aWM,
                                const LogicalMargin& aBorderPadding)
{
  NS_ASSERTION(!GetPrevInFlow(), "GetCollapsedISize called on next in flow");
  nscoord iSize = GetColSpacing(GetColCount());
  iSize += aBorderPadding.IStartEnd(aWM);
  nsTableFrame* fif = static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(FirstInFlow());
  for (nsIFrame* groupFrame : mColGroups) {
    const nsStyleVisibility* groupVis = groupFrame->StyleVisibility();
    bool collapseGroup = (NS_STYLE_VISIBILITY_COLLAPSE == groupVis->mVisible);
    nsTableColGroupFrame* cgFrame = (nsTableColGroupFrame*)groupFrame;
    for (nsTableColFrame* colFrame = cgFrame->GetFirstColumn(); colFrame;
         colFrame = colFrame->GetNextCol()) {
      const nsStyleDisplay* colDisplay = colFrame->StyleDisplay();
      nscoord colIdx = colFrame->GetColIndex();
      if (mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableColumn == colDisplay->mDisplay) {
        const nsStyleVisibility* colVis = colFrame->StyleVisibility();
        bool collapseCol = (NS_STYLE_VISIBILITY_COLLAPSE == colVis->mVisible);
        nscoord colISize = fif->GetColumnISizeFromFirstInFlow(colIdx);
        if (!collapseGroup && !collapseCol) {
          iSize += colISize;
          if (ColumnHasCellSpacingBefore(colIdx)) {
            iSize += GetColSpacing(colIdx - 1);
          }
        }
        else {
          SetNeedToCollapse(true);
        }
      }
    }
  }
  return iSize;
}

/* virtual */ void
nsTableFrame::DidSetComputedStyle(ComputedStyle* aOldComputedStyle)
{
  nsContainerFrame::DidSetComputedStyle(aOldComputedStyle);

  if (!aOldComputedStyle) //avoid this on init
    return;

  if (IsBorderCollapse() &&
      BCRecalcNeeded(aOldComputedStyle, Style())) {
    SetFullBCDamageArea();
  }

  //avoid this on init or nextinflow
  if (!mTableLayoutStrategy || GetPrevInFlow())
    return;

  bool isAuto = IsAutoLayout();
  if (isAuto != (LayoutStrategy()->GetType() == nsITableLayoutStrategy::Auto)) {
    nsITableLayoutStrategy* temp;
    if (isAuto)
      temp = new BasicTableLayoutStrategy(this);
    else
      temp = new FixedTableLayoutStrategy(this);

    if (temp) {
      delete mTableLayoutStrategy;
      mTableLayoutStrategy = temp;
    }
  }
}



void
nsTableFrame::AppendFrames(ChildListID     aListID,
                           nsFrameList&    aFrameList)
{
  NS_ASSERTION(aListID == kPrincipalList || aListID == kColGroupList,
               "unexpected child list");

  // Because we actually have two child lists, one for col group frames and one
  // for everything else, we need to look at each frame individually
  // XXX The frame construction code should be separating out child frames
  // based on the type, bug 343048.
  while (!aFrameList.IsEmpty()) {
    nsIFrame* f = aFrameList.FirstChild();
    aFrameList.RemoveFrame(f);

    // See what kind of frame we have
    const nsStyleDisplay* display = f->StyleDisplay();

    if (mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableColumnGroup == display->mDisplay) {
      if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(GetPrevInFlow())) {
        nsFrameList colgroupFrame(f, f);
        auto firstInFlow = static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(FirstInFlow());
        firstInFlow->AppendFrames(aListID, colgroupFrame);
        continue;
      }
      nsTableColGroupFrame* lastColGroup =
        nsTableColGroupFrame::GetLastRealColGroup(this);
      int32_t startColIndex = (lastColGroup)
        ? lastColGroup->GetStartColumnIndex() + lastColGroup->GetColCount() : 0;
      mColGroups.InsertFrame(this, lastColGroup, f);
      // Insert the colgroup and its cols into the table
      InsertColGroups(startColIndex,
                      nsFrameList::Slice(mColGroups, f, f->GetNextSibling()));
    } else if (IsRowGroup(display->mDisplay)) {
      DrainSelfOverflowList(); // ensure the last frame is in mFrames
      // Append the new row group frame to the sibling chain
      mFrames.AppendFrame(nullptr, f);

      // insert the row group and its rows into the table
      InsertRowGroups(nsFrameList::Slice(mFrames, f, nullptr));
    } else {
      // Nothing special to do, just add the frame to our child list
      MOZ_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE("How did we get here? Frame construction screwed up");
      mFrames.AppendFrame(nullptr, f);
    }
  }

#ifdef DEBUG_TABLE_CELLMAP
  printf("=== TableFrame::AppendFrames\n");
  Dump(true, true, true);
#endif
  PresShell()->FrameNeedsReflow(this, nsIPresShell::eTreeChange,
                                NS_FRAME_HAS_DIRTY_CHILDREN);
  SetGeometryDirty();
}

// Needs to be at file scope or ArrayLength fails to compile.
struct ChildListInsertions {
  nsIFrame::ChildListID mID;
  nsFrameList mList;
};

void
nsTableFrame::InsertFrames(ChildListID     aListID,
                           nsIFrame*       aPrevFrame,
                           nsFrameList&    aFrameList)
{
  // The frames in aFrameList can be a mix of row group frames and col group
  // frames. The problem is that they should go in separate child lists so
  // we need to deal with that here...
  // XXX The frame construction code should be separating out child frames
  // based on the type, bug 343048.

  NS_ASSERTION(!aPrevFrame || aPrevFrame->GetParent() == this,
               "inserting after sibling frame with different parent");

  if ((aPrevFrame && !aPrevFrame->GetNextSibling()) ||
      (!aPrevFrame && GetChildList(aListID).IsEmpty())) {
    // Treat this like an append; still a workaround for bug 343048.
    AppendFrames(aListID, aFrameList);
    return;
  }

  // Collect ColGroupFrames into a separate list and insert those separately
  // from the other frames (bug 759249).
  ChildListInsertions insertions[2]; // ColGroup, other
  const nsStyleDisplay* display = aFrameList.FirstChild()->StyleDisplay();
  nsFrameList::FrameLinkEnumerator e(aFrameList);
  for (; !aFrameList.IsEmpty(); e.Next()) {
    nsIFrame* next = e.NextFrame();
    if (!next || next->StyleDisplay()->mDisplay != display->mDisplay) {
      nsFrameList head = aFrameList.ExtractHead(e);
      if (display->mDisplay == mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableColumnGroup) {
        insertions[0].mID = kColGroupList;
        insertions[0].mList.AppendFrames(nullptr, head);
      } else {
        insertions[1].mID = kPrincipalList;
        insertions[1].mList.AppendFrames(nullptr, head);
      }
      if (!next) {
        break;
      }
      display = next->StyleDisplay();
    }
  }
  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < ArrayLength(insertions); ++i) {
    // We pass aPrevFrame for both ColGroup and other frames since
    // HomogenousInsertFrames will only use it if it's a suitable
    // prev-sibling for the frames in the frame list.
    if (!insertions[i].mList.IsEmpty()) {
      HomogenousInsertFrames(insertions[i].mID, aPrevFrame,
                             insertions[i].mList);
    }
  }
}

void
nsTableFrame::HomogenousInsertFrames(ChildListID     aListID,
                                     nsIFrame*       aPrevFrame,
                                     nsFrameList&    aFrameList)
{
  // See what kind of frame we have
  const nsStyleDisplay* display = aFrameList.FirstChild()->StyleDisplay();
  bool isColGroup = mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableColumnGroup == display->mDisplay;
#ifdef DEBUG
  // Verify that either all siblings have display:table-column-group, or they
  // all have display values different from table-column-group.
  for (nsIFrame* frame : aFrameList) {
    auto nextDisplay = frame->StyleDisplay()->mDisplay;
    MOZ_ASSERT(isColGroup ==
               (nextDisplay == mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableColumnGroup),
               "heterogenous childlist");
  }
#endif
  if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(isColGroup && GetPrevInFlow())) {
    auto firstInFlow = static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(FirstInFlow());
    firstInFlow->AppendFrames(aListID, aFrameList);
    return;
  }
  if (aPrevFrame) {
    const nsStyleDisplay* prevDisplay = aPrevFrame->StyleDisplay();
    // Make sure they belong on the same frame list
    if ((display->mDisplay == mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableColumnGroup) !=
        (prevDisplay->mDisplay == mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableColumnGroup)) {
      // the previous frame is not valid, see comment at ::AppendFrames
      // XXXbz Using content indices here means XBL will get screwed
      // over...  Oh, well.
      nsIFrame* pseudoFrame = aFrameList.FirstChild();
      nsIContent* parentContent = GetContent();
      nsIContent* content = nullptr;
      aPrevFrame = nullptr;
      while (pseudoFrame  && (parentContent ==
                              (content = pseudoFrame->GetContent()))) {
        pseudoFrame = pseudoFrame->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
      }
      nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> container = content->GetParent();
      if (MOZ_LIKELY(container)) { // XXX need this null-check, see bug 411823.
        int32_t newIndex = container->ComputeIndexOf(content);
        nsIFrame* kidFrame;
        nsTableColGroupFrame* lastColGroup = nullptr;
        if (isColGroup) {
          kidFrame = mColGroups.FirstChild();
          lastColGroup = nsTableColGroupFrame::GetLastRealColGroup(this);
        }
        else {
          kidFrame = mFrames.FirstChild();
        }
        // Important: need to start at a value smaller than all valid indices
        int32_t lastIndex = -1;
        while (kidFrame) {
          if (isColGroup) {
            if (kidFrame == lastColGroup) {
              aPrevFrame = kidFrame; // there is no real colgroup after this one
              break;
            }
          }
          pseudoFrame = kidFrame;
          while (pseudoFrame  && (parentContent ==
                                  (content = pseudoFrame->GetContent()))) {
            pseudoFrame = pseudoFrame->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
          }
          int32_t index = container->ComputeIndexOf(content);
          if (index > lastIndex && index < newIndex) {
            lastIndex = index;
            aPrevFrame = kidFrame;
          }
          kidFrame = kidFrame->GetNextSibling();
        }
      }
    }
  }
  if (mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableColumnGroup == display->mDisplay) {
    NS_ASSERTION(aListID == kColGroupList, "unexpected child list");
    // Insert the column group frames
    const nsFrameList::Slice& newColgroups =
      mColGroups.InsertFrames(this, aPrevFrame, aFrameList);
    // find the starting col index for the first new col group
    int32_t startColIndex = 0;
    if (aPrevFrame) {
      nsTableColGroupFrame* prevColGroup =
        (nsTableColGroupFrame*)GetFrameAtOrBefore(this, aPrevFrame,
                                                  LayoutFrameType::TableColGroup);
      if (prevColGroup) {
        startColIndex = prevColGroup->GetStartColumnIndex() + prevColGroup->GetColCount();
      }
    }
    InsertColGroups(startColIndex, newColgroups);
  } else if (IsRowGroup(display->mDisplay)) {
    NS_ASSERTION(aListID == kPrincipalList, "unexpected child list");
    DrainSelfOverflowList(); // ensure aPrevFrame is in mFrames
    // Insert the frames in the sibling chain
    const nsFrameList::Slice& newRowGroups =
      mFrames.InsertFrames(nullptr, aPrevFrame, aFrameList);

    InsertRowGroups(newRowGroups);
  } else {
    NS_ASSERTION(aListID == kPrincipalList, "unexpected child list");
    MOZ_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE("How did we even get here?");
    // Just insert the frame and don't worry about reflowing it
    mFrames.InsertFrames(nullptr, aPrevFrame, aFrameList);
    return;
  }

  PresShell()->FrameNeedsReflow(this, nsIPresShell::eTreeChange,
                                NS_FRAME_HAS_DIRTY_CHILDREN);
  SetGeometryDirty();
#ifdef DEBUG_TABLE_CELLMAP
  printf("=== TableFrame::InsertFrames\n");
  Dump(true, true, true);
#endif
}

void
nsTableFrame::DoRemoveFrame(ChildListID     aListID,
                            nsIFrame*       aOldFrame)
{
  if (aListID == kColGroupList) {
    nsIFrame* nextColGroupFrame = aOldFrame->GetNextSibling();
    nsTableColGroupFrame* colGroup = (nsTableColGroupFrame*)aOldFrame;
    int32_t firstColIndex = colGroup->GetStartColumnIndex();
    int32_t lastColIndex  = firstColIndex + colGroup->GetColCount() - 1;
    mColGroups.DestroyFrame(aOldFrame);
    nsTableColGroupFrame::ResetColIndices(nextColGroupFrame, firstColIndex);
    // remove the cols from the table
    int32_t colIdx;
    for (colIdx = lastColIndex; colIdx >= firstColIndex; colIdx--) {
      nsTableColFrame* colFrame = mColFrames.SafeElementAt(colIdx);
      if (colFrame) {
        RemoveCol(colGroup, colIdx, true, false);
      }
    }

    // If we have some anonymous cols at the end already, we just
    // add more of them.
    if (!mColFrames.IsEmpty() &&
        mColFrames.LastElement() && // XXXbz is this ever null?
        mColFrames.LastElement()->GetColType() == eColAnonymousCell) {
      int32_t numAnonymousColsToAdd = GetColCount() - mColFrames.Length();
      if (numAnonymousColsToAdd > 0) {
        // this sets the child list, updates the col cache and cell map
        AppendAnonymousColFrames(numAnonymousColsToAdd);
      }
    } else {
      // All of our colframes correspond to actual <col> tags.  It's possible
      // that we still have at least as many <col> tags as we have logical
      // columns from cells, but we might have one less.  Handle the latter case
      // as follows: First ask the cellmap to drop its last col if it doesn't
      // have any actual cells in it.  Then call MatchCellMapToColCache to
      // append an anonymous column if it's needed; this needs to be after
      // RemoveColsAtEnd, since it will determine the need for a new column
      // frame based on the width of the cell map.
      nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
      if (cellMap) { // XXXbz is this ever null?
        cellMap->RemoveColsAtEnd();
        MatchCellMapToColCache(cellMap);
      }
    }

  } else {
    NS_ASSERTION(aListID == kPrincipalList, "unexpected child list");
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* rgFrame =
      static_cast<nsTableRowGroupFrame*>(aOldFrame);
    // remove the row group from the cell map
    nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
    if (cellMap) {
      cellMap->RemoveGroupCellMap(rgFrame);
    }

    // remove the row group frame from the sibling chain
    mFrames.DestroyFrame(aOldFrame);

    // the removal of a row group changes the cellmap, the columns might change
    if (cellMap) {
      cellMap->Synchronize(this);
      // Create an empty slice
      ResetRowIndices(nsFrameList::Slice(mFrames, nullptr, nullptr));
      TableArea damageArea;
      cellMap->RebuildConsideringCells(nullptr, nullptr, 0, 0, false, damageArea);

      static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(FirstInFlow())->MatchCellMapToColCache(cellMap);
    }
  }
}

void
nsTableFrame::RemoveFrame(ChildListID     aListID,
                          nsIFrame*       aOldFrame)
{
  NS_ASSERTION(aListID == kColGroupList ||
               mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableColumnGroup !=
                 aOldFrame->StyleDisplay()->mDisplay,
               "Wrong list name; use kColGroupList iff colgroup");
  nsIPresShell* shell = PresShell();
  nsTableFrame* lastParent = nullptr;
  while (aOldFrame) {
    nsIFrame* oldFrameNextContinuation = aOldFrame->GetNextContinuation();
    nsTableFrame* parent = static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(aOldFrame->GetParent());
    if (parent != lastParent) {
      parent->DrainSelfOverflowList();
    }
    parent->DoRemoveFrame(aListID, aOldFrame);
    aOldFrame = oldFrameNextContinuation;
    if (parent != lastParent) {
      // for now, just bail and recalc all of the collapsing borders
      // as the cellmap changes we need to recalc
      if (parent->IsBorderCollapse()) {
        parent->SetFullBCDamageArea();
      }
      parent->SetGeometryDirty();
      shell->FrameNeedsReflow(parent, nsIPresShell::eTreeChange,
                              NS_FRAME_HAS_DIRTY_CHILDREN);
      lastParent = parent;
    }
  }
#ifdef DEBUG_TABLE_CELLMAP
  printf("=== TableFrame::RemoveFrame\n");
  Dump(true, true, true);
#endif
}

/* virtual */ nsMargin
nsTableFrame::GetUsedBorder() const
{
  if (!IsBorderCollapse())
    return nsContainerFrame::GetUsedBorder();

  WritingMode wm = GetWritingMode();
  return GetIncludedOuterBCBorder(wm).GetPhysicalMargin(wm);
}

/* virtual */ nsMargin
nsTableFrame::GetUsedPadding() const
{
  if (!IsBorderCollapse())
    return nsContainerFrame::GetUsedPadding();

  return nsMargin(0,0,0,0);
}

/* virtual */ nsMargin
nsTableFrame::GetUsedMargin() const
{
  // The margin is inherited to the table wrapper frame via
  // the ::-moz-table-wrapper rule in ua.css.
  return nsMargin(0, 0, 0, 0);
}

NS_DECLARE_FRAME_PROPERTY_DELETABLE(TableBCProperty, BCPropertyData)

BCPropertyData*
nsTableFrame::GetBCProperty() const
{
  return GetProperty(TableBCProperty());
}

BCPropertyData*
nsTableFrame::GetOrCreateBCProperty()
{
  BCPropertyData* value = GetProperty(TableBCProperty());
  if (!value) {
    value = new BCPropertyData();
    SetProperty(TableBCProperty(), value);
  }

  return value;
}

static void
DivideBCBorderSize(BCPixelSize  aPixelSize,
                   BCPixelSize& aSmallHalf,
                   BCPixelSize& aLargeHalf)
{
  aSmallHalf = aPixelSize / 2;
  aLargeHalf = aPixelSize - aSmallHalf;
}

LogicalMargin
nsTableFrame::GetOuterBCBorder(const WritingMode aWM) const
{
  if (NeedToCalcBCBorders()) {
    const_cast<nsTableFrame*>(this)->CalcBCBorders();
  }
  int32_t d2a = PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
  BCPropertyData* propData = GetBCProperty();
  if (propData) {
    return LogicalMargin(aWM,
               BC_BORDER_START_HALF_COORD(d2a, propData->mBStartBorderWidth),
               BC_BORDER_END_HALF_COORD(d2a, propData->mIEndBorderWidth),
               BC_BORDER_END_HALF_COORD(d2a, propData->mBEndBorderWidth),
               BC_BORDER_START_HALF_COORD(d2a, propData->mIStartBorderWidth));
  }
  return LogicalMargin(aWM);
}

LogicalMargin
nsTableFrame::GetIncludedOuterBCBorder(const WritingMode aWM) const
{
  if (NeedToCalcBCBorders()) {
    const_cast<nsTableFrame*>(this)->CalcBCBorders();
  }

  int32_t d2a = PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
  BCPropertyData* propData = GetBCProperty();
  if (propData) {
    return LogicalMargin(aWM,
               BC_BORDER_START_HALF_COORD(d2a, propData->mBStartBorderWidth),
               BC_BORDER_END_HALF_COORD(d2a, propData->mIEndCellBorderWidth),
               BC_BORDER_END_HALF_COORD(d2a, propData->mBEndBorderWidth),
               BC_BORDER_START_HALF_COORD(d2a, propData->mIStartCellBorderWidth));
  }
  return LogicalMargin(aWM);
}

LogicalMargin
nsTableFrame::GetExcludedOuterBCBorder(const WritingMode aWM) const
{
  return GetOuterBCBorder(aWM) - GetIncludedOuterBCBorder(aWM);
}

static LogicalMargin
GetSeparateModelBorderPadding(const WritingMode aWM,
                              const ReflowInput* aReflowInput,
                              ComputedStyle* aComputedStyle)
{
  // XXXbz Either we _do_ have a reflow state and then we can use its
  // mComputedBorderPadding or we don't and then we get the padding
  // wrong!
  const nsStyleBorder* border = aComputedStyle->StyleBorder();
  LogicalMargin borderPadding(aWM, border->GetComputedBorder());
  if (aReflowInput) {
    borderPadding += aReflowInput->ComputedLogicalPadding();
  }
  return borderPadding;
}

LogicalMargin
nsTableFrame::GetChildAreaOffset(const WritingMode aWM,
                                 const ReflowInput* aReflowInput) const
{
  return IsBorderCollapse() ? GetIncludedOuterBCBorder(aWM) :
    GetSeparateModelBorderPadding(aWM, aReflowInput, mComputedStyle);
}

void
nsTableFrame::InitChildReflowInput(ReflowInput& aReflowInput)
{
  nsMargin collapseBorder;
  nsMargin padding(0,0,0,0);
  nsMargin* pCollapseBorder = nullptr;
  nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
  if (IsBorderCollapse()) {
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* rgFrame =
       static_cast<nsTableRowGroupFrame*>(aReflowInput.mFrame);
    WritingMode wm = GetWritingMode();
    LogicalMargin border = rgFrame->GetBCBorderWidth(wm);
    collapseBorder = border.GetPhysicalMargin(wm);
    pCollapseBorder = &collapseBorder;
  }
  aReflowInput.Init(presContext, nullptr, pCollapseBorder, &padding);

  NS_ASSERTION(!mBits.mResizedColumns ||
               !aReflowInput.mParentReflowInput->mFlags.mSpecialBSizeReflow,
               "should not resize columns on special bsize reflow");
  if (mBits.mResizedColumns) {
    aReflowInput.SetIResize(true);
  }
}

// Position and size aKidFrame and update our reflow state. The origin of
// aKidRect is relative to the upper-left origin of our frame
void
nsTableFrame::PlaceChild(TableReflowInput&  aReflowInput,
                         nsIFrame*            aKidFrame,
                         nsPoint              aKidPosition,
                         ReflowOutput& aKidDesiredSize,
                         const nsRect&        aOriginalKidRect,
                         const nsRect&        aOriginalKidVisualOverflow)
{
  WritingMode wm = aReflowInput.reflowInput.GetWritingMode();
  bool isFirstReflow =
    aKidFrame->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW);

  // Place and size the child
  FinishReflowChild(aKidFrame, PresContext(), aKidDesiredSize, nullptr,
                    aKidPosition.x, aKidPosition.y, 0);

  InvalidateTableFrame(aKidFrame, aOriginalKidRect, aOriginalKidVisualOverflow,
                       isFirstReflow);

  // Adjust the running block-offset
  aReflowInput.bCoord += aKidDesiredSize.BSize(wm);

  // If our bsize is constrained, then update the available bsize
  if (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE != aReflowInput.availSize.BSize(wm)) {
    aReflowInput.availSize.BSize(wm) -= aKidDesiredSize.BSize(wm);
  }
}

void
nsTableFrame::OrderRowGroups(RowGroupArray& aChildren,
                             nsTableRowGroupFrame** aHead,
                             nsTableRowGroupFrame** aFoot) const
{
  aChildren.Clear();
  nsTableRowGroupFrame* head = nullptr;
  nsTableRowGroupFrame* foot = nullptr;

  nsIFrame* kidFrame = mFrames.FirstChild();
  while (kidFrame) {
    const nsStyleDisplay* kidDisplay = kidFrame->StyleDisplay();
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* rowGroup =
      static_cast<nsTableRowGroupFrame*>(kidFrame);

    switch (kidDisplay->mDisplay) {
    case mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableHeaderGroup:
      if (head) { // treat additional thead like tbody
        aChildren.AppendElement(rowGroup);
      }
      else {
        head = rowGroup;
      }
      break;
    case mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableFooterGroup:
      if (foot) { // treat additional tfoot like tbody
        aChildren.AppendElement(rowGroup);
      }
      else {
        foot = rowGroup;
      }
      break;
    case mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableRowGroup:
      aChildren.AppendElement(rowGroup);
      break;
    default:
      MOZ_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE("How did this produce an nsTableRowGroupFrame?");
      // Just ignore it
      break;
    }
    // Get the next sibling but skip it if it's also the next-in-flow, since
    // a next-in-flow will not be part of the current table.
    while (kidFrame) {
      nsIFrame* nif = kidFrame->GetNextInFlow();
      kidFrame = kidFrame->GetNextSibling();
      if (kidFrame != nif)
        break;
    }
  }

  // put the thead first
  if (head) {
    aChildren.InsertElementAt(0, head);
  }
  if (aHead)
    *aHead = head;
  // put the tfoot after the last tbody
  if (foot) {
    aChildren.AppendElement(foot);
  }
  if (aFoot)
    *aFoot = foot;
}

nsTableRowGroupFrame*
nsTableFrame::GetTHead() const
{
  nsIFrame* kidFrame = mFrames.FirstChild();
  while (kidFrame) {
    if (kidFrame->StyleDisplay()->mDisplay ==
          mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableHeaderGroup) {
      return static_cast<nsTableRowGroupFrame*>(kidFrame);
    }

    // Get the next sibling but skip it if it's also the next-in-flow, since
    // a next-in-flow will not be part of the current table.
    while (kidFrame) {
      nsIFrame* nif = kidFrame->GetNextInFlow();
      kidFrame = kidFrame->GetNextSibling();
      if (kidFrame != nif)
        break;
    }
  }

  return nullptr;
}

nsTableRowGroupFrame*
nsTableFrame::GetTFoot() const
{
  nsIFrame* kidFrame = mFrames.FirstChild();
  while (kidFrame) {
    if (kidFrame->StyleDisplay()->mDisplay ==
          mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableFooterGroup) {
      return static_cast<nsTableRowGroupFrame*>(kidFrame);
    }

    // Get the next sibling but skip it if it's also the next-in-flow, since
    // a next-in-flow will not be part of the current table.
    while (kidFrame) {
      nsIFrame* nif = kidFrame->GetNextInFlow();
      kidFrame = kidFrame->GetNextSibling();
      if (kidFrame != nif)
        break;
    }
  }

  return nullptr;
}

static bool
IsRepeatable(nscoord aFrameHeight, nscoord aPageHeight)
{
  return aFrameHeight < (aPageHeight / 4);
}

nsresult
nsTableFrame::SetupHeaderFooterChild(const TableReflowInput& aReflowInput,
                                     nsTableRowGroupFrame* aFrame,
                                     nscoord* aDesiredHeight)
{
  nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
  nscoord pageHeight = presContext->GetPageSize().height;

  // Reflow the child with unconstrained height
  WritingMode wm = aFrame->GetWritingMode();
  LogicalSize availSize = aReflowInput.reflowInput.AvailableSize(wm);

  nsSize containerSize = availSize.GetPhysicalSize(wm);
  // XXX check for containerSize.* == NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE

  availSize.BSize(wm) = NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE;
  ReflowInput kidReflowInput(presContext, aReflowInput.reflowInput,
                                   aFrame, availSize, nullptr,
                                   ReflowInput::CALLER_WILL_INIT);
  InitChildReflowInput(kidReflowInput);
  kidReflowInput.mFlags.mIsTopOfPage = true;
  ReflowOutput desiredSize(aReflowInput.reflowInput);
  desiredSize.ClearSize();
  nsReflowStatus status;
  ReflowChild(aFrame, presContext, desiredSize, kidReflowInput,
              wm, LogicalPoint(wm, aReflowInput.iCoord, aReflowInput.bCoord),
              containerSize, 0, status);
  // The child will be reflowed again "for real" so no need to place it now

  aFrame->SetRepeatable(IsRepeatable(desiredSize.Height(), pageHeight));
  *aDesiredHeight = desiredSize.Height();
  return NS_OK;
}

void
nsTableFrame::PlaceRepeatedFooter(TableReflowInput& aReflowInput,
                                  nsTableRowGroupFrame *aTfoot,
                                  nscoord aFooterHeight)
{
  nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
  WritingMode wm = aTfoot->GetWritingMode();
  LogicalSize kidAvailSize = aReflowInput.availSize;

  nsSize containerSize = kidAvailSize.GetPhysicalSize(wm);
  // XXX check for containerSize.* == NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE

  kidAvailSize.BSize(wm) = aFooterHeight;
  ReflowInput footerReflowInput(presContext,
                                      aReflowInput.reflowInput,
                                      aTfoot, kidAvailSize,
                                      nullptr,
                                      ReflowInput::CALLER_WILL_INIT);
  InitChildReflowInput(footerReflowInput);
  aReflowInput.bCoord += GetRowSpacing(GetRowCount());

  nsRect origTfootRect = aTfoot->GetRect();
  nsRect origTfootVisualOverflow = aTfoot->GetVisualOverflowRect();

  nsReflowStatus footerStatus;
  ReflowOutput desiredSize(aReflowInput.reflowInput);
  desiredSize.ClearSize();
  LogicalPoint kidPosition(wm, aReflowInput.iCoord, aReflowInput.bCoord);
  ReflowChild(aTfoot, presContext, desiredSize, footerReflowInput,
              wm, kidPosition, containerSize, 0, footerStatus);
  footerReflowInput.ApplyRelativePositioning(&kidPosition, containerSize);

  PlaceChild(aReflowInput, aTfoot,
             // We subtract desiredSize.PhysicalSize() from containerSize here
             // to account for the fact that in RTL modes, the origin is
             // on the right-hand side so we're not simply converting a
             // point, we're also swapping the child's origin side.
             kidPosition.GetPhysicalPoint(wm, containerSize -
                                              desiredSize.PhysicalSize()),
             desiredSize, origTfootRect, origTfootVisualOverflow);
}

// Reflow the children based on the avail size and reason in aReflowInput
void
nsTableFrame::ReflowChildren(TableReflowInput& aReflowInput,
                             nsReflowStatus&     aStatus,
                             nsIFrame*&          aLastChildReflowed,
                             nsOverflowAreas&    aOverflowAreas)
{
  aStatus.Reset();
  aLastChildReflowed = nullptr;

  nsIFrame* prevKidFrame = nullptr;
  WritingMode wm = aReflowInput.reflowInput.GetWritingMode();
  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(
    wm.IsVertical() ||
    NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE != aReflowInput.reflowInput.ComputedWidth(),
    "shouldn't have unconstrained width in horizontal mode");
  nsSize containerSize =
    aReflowInput.reflowInput.ComputedSizeAsContainerIfConstrained();

  nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
  // XXXldb Should we be checking constrained height instead?
  // tables are not able to pull back children from its next inflow, so even
  // under paginated contexts tables are should not paginate if they are inside
  // column set
  bool isPaginated = presContext->IsPaginated() &&
                       NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE != aReflowInput.availSize.BSize(wm) &&
                       aReflowInput.reflowInput.mFlags.mTableIsSplittable;

  // Tables currently (though we ought to fix this) only fragment in
  // paginated contexts, not in multicolumn contexts.  (See bug 888257.)
  // This is partly because they don't correctly handle incremental
  // layout when paginated.
  //
  // Since we propagate NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY from parent to child at the
  // start of the parent's reflow (behavior that's new as of bug
  // 1308876), we can do things that are effectively incremental reflow
  // during paginated layout.  Since the table code doesn't handle this
  // correctly, we need to set the flag that says to reflow everything
  // within the table structure.
  if (presContext->IsPaginated()) {
    SetGeometryDirty();
  }

  aOverflowAreas.Clear();

  bool reflowAllKids = aReflowInput.reflowInput.ShouldReflowAllKids() ||
                         mBits.mResizedColumns ||
                         IsGeometryDirty();

  RowGroupArray rowGroups;
  nsTableRowGroupFrame *thead, *tfoot;
  OrderRowGroups(rowGroups, &thead, &tfoot);
  bool pageBreak = false;
  nscoord footerHeight = 0;

  // Determine the repeatablility of headers and footers, and also the desired
  // height of any repeatable footer.
  // The repeatability of headers on continued tables is handled
  // when they are created in nsCSSFrameConstructor::CreateContinuingTableFrame.
  // We handle the repeatability of footers again here because we need to
  // determine the footer's height anyway. We could perhaps optimize by
  // using the footer's prev-in-flow's height instead of reflowing it again,
  // but there's no real need.
  if (isPaginated) {
    if (thead && !GetPrevInFlow()) {
      nscoord desiredHeight;
      nsresult rv = SetupHeaderFooterChild(aReflowInput, thead, &desiredHeight);
      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
        return;
    }
    if (tfoot) {
      nsresult rv = SetupHeaderFooterChild(aReflowInput, tfoot, &footerHeight);
      if (NS_FAILED(rv))
        return;
    }
  }
   // if the child is a tbody in paginated mode reduce the height by a repeated footer
  bool allowRepeatedFooter = false;
  for (size_t childX = 0; childX < rowGroups.Length(); childX++) {
    nsIFrame* kidFrame = rowGroups[childX];
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* rowGroupFrame = rowGroups[childX];
    nscoord cellSpacingB = GetRowSpacing(rowGroupFrame->GetStartRowIndex()+
                                         rowGroupFrame->GetRowCount());
    // Get the frame state bits
    // See if we should only reflow the dirty child frames
    if (reflowAllKids ||
        NS_SUBTREE_DIRTY(kidFrame) ||
        (aReflowInput.reflowInput.mFlags.mSpecialBSizeReflow &&
         (isPaginated || kidFrame->HasAnyStateBits(
                          NS_FRAME_CONTAINS_RELATIVE_BSIZE)))) {
      if (pageBreak) {
        if (allowRepeatedFooter) {
          PlaceRepeatedFooter(aReflowInput, tfoot, footerHeight);
        }
        else if (tfoot && tfoot->IsRepeatable()) {
          tfoot->SetRepeatable(false);
        }
        PushChildren(rowGroups, childX);
        aStatus.Reset();
        aStatus.SetIncomplete();
        break;
      }

      LogicalSize kidAvailSize(aReflowInput.availSize);
      allowRepeatedFooter = false;
      if (isPaginated && (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE != kidAvailSize.BSize(wm))) {
        nsTableRowGroupFrame* kidRG =
          static_cast<nsTableRowGroupFrame*>(kidFrame);
        if (kidRG != thead && kidRG != tfoot && tfoot && tfoot->IsRepeatable()) {
          // the child is a tbody and there is a repeatable footer
          NS_ASSERTION(tfoot == rowGroups[rowGroups.Length() - 1], "Missing footer!");
          if (footerHeight + cellSpacingB < kidAvailSize.BSize(wm)) {
            allowRepeatedFooter = true;
            kidAvailSize.BSize(wm) -= footerHeight + cellSpacingB;
          }
        }
      }

      nsRect oldKidRect = kidFrame->GetRect();
      nsRect oldKidVisualOverflow = kidFrame->GetVisualOverflowRect();

      ReflowOutput desiredSize(aReflowInput.reflowInput);
      desiredSize.ClearSize();

      // Reflow the child into the available space
      ReflowInput kidReflowInput(presContext, aReflowInput.reflowInput,
                                       kidFrame,
                                       kidAvailSize,
                                       nullptr,
                                       ReflowInput::CALLER_WILL_INIT);
      InitChildReflowInput(kidReflowInput);

      // If this isn't the first row group, and the previous row group has a
      // nonzero YMost, then we can't be at the top of the page.
      // We ignore a repeated head row group in this check to avoid causing
      // infinite loops in some circumstances - see bug 344883.
      if (childX > ((thead && IsRepeatedFrame(thead)) ? 1u : 0u) &&
          (rowGroups[childX - 1]->GetNormalRect().YMost() > 0)) {
        kidReflowInput.mFlags.mIsTopOfPage = false;
      }
      aReflowInput.bCoord += cellSpacingB;
      if (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE != aReflowInput.availSize.BSize(wm)) {
        aReflowInput.availSize.BSize(wm) -= cellSpacingB;
      }
      // record the presence of a next in flow, it might get destroyed so we
      // need to reorder the row group array
      bool reorder = false;
      if (kidFrame->GetNextInFlow())
        reorder = true;

      LogicalPoint kidPosition(wm, aReflowInput.iCoord, aReflowInput.bCoord);
      aStatus.Reset();
      ReflowChild(kidFrame, presContext, desiredSize, kidReflowInput,
                  wm, kidPosition, containerSize, 0, aStatus);
      kidReflowInput.ApplyRelativePositioning(&kidPosition, containerSize);

      if (reorder) {
        // reorder row groups the reflow may have changed the nextinflows
        OrderRowGroups(rowGroups, &thead, &tfoot);
        childX = rowGroups.IndexOf(kidFrame);
        if (childX == RowGroupArray::NoIndex) {
          // XXXbz can this happen?
          childX = rowGroups.Length();
        }
      }
      if (isPaginated && !aStatus.IsFullyComplete() &&
          ShouldAvoidBreakInside(aReflowInput.reflowInput)) {
        aStatus.SetInlineLineBreakBeforeAndReset();
        break;
      }
      // see if the rowgroup did not fit on this page might be pushed on
      // the next page
      if (isPaginated &&
          (aStatus.IsInlineBreakBefore() ||
           (aStatus.IsComplete() &&
            (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE != kidReflowInput.AvailableHeight()) &&
            kidReflowInput.AvailableHeight() < desiredSize.Height()))) {
        if (ShouldAvoidBreakInside(aReflowInput.reflowInput)) {
          aStatus.SetInlineLineBreakBeforeAndReset();
          break;
        }
        // if we are on top of the page place with dataloss
        if (kidReflowInput.mFlags.mIsTopOfPage) {
          if (childX+1 < rowGroups.Length()) {
            nsIFrame* nextRowGroupFrame = rowGroups[childX + 1];
            if (nextRowGroupFrame) {
              PlaceChild(aReflowInput, kidFrame,
                         kidPosition.GetPhysicalPoint(wm,
                           containerSize - desiredSize.PhysicalSize()),
                         desiredSize, oldKidRect, oldKidVisualOverflow);
              if (allowRepeatedFooter) {
                PlaceRepeatedFooter(aReflowInput, tfoot, footerHeight);
              }
              else if (tfoot && tfoot->IsRepeatable()) {
                tfoot->SetRepeatable(false);
              }
              aStatus.Reset();
              aStatus.SetIncomplete();
              PushChildren(rowGroups, childX + 1);
              aLastChildReflowed = kidFrame;
              break;
            }
          }
        }
        else { // we are not on top, push this rowgroup onto the next page
          if (prevKidFrame) { // we had a rowgroup before so push this
            if (allowRepeatedFooter) {
              PlaceRepeatedFooter(aReflowInput, tfoot, footerHeight);
            }
            else if (tfoot && tfoot->IsRepeatable()) {
              tfoot->SetRepeatable(false);
            }
            aStatus.Reset();
            aStatus.SetIncomplete();
            PushChildren(rowGroups, childX);
            aLastChildReflowed = prevKidFrame;
            break;
          }
          else { // we can't push so lets make clear how much space we need
            PlaceChild(aReflowInput, kidFrame,
                       kidPosition.GetPhysicalPoint(wm,
                         containerSize - desiredSize.PhysicalSize()),
                       desiredSize, oldKidRect, oldKidVisualOverflow);
            aLastChildReflowed = kidFrame;
            if (allowRepeatedFooter) {
              PlaceRepeatedFooter(aReflowInput, tfoot, footerHeight);
              aLastChildReflowed = tfoot;
            }
            break;
          }
        }
      }

      aLastChildReflowed   = kidFrame;

      pageBreak = false;
      // see if there is a page break after this row group or before the next one
      if (aStatus.IsComplete() && isPaginated &&
          (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE != kidReflowInput.AvailableHeight())) {
        nsIFrame* nextKid =
          (childX + 1 < rowGroups.Length()) ? rowGroups[childX + 1] : nullptr;
        pageBreak = PageBreakAfter(kidFrame, nextKid);
      }

      // Place the child
      PlaceChild(aReflowInput, kidFrame,
                 kidPosition.GetPhysicalPoint(wm, containerSize -
                                                  desiredSize.PhysicalSize()),
                 desiredSize, oldKidRect, oldKidVisualOverflow);

      // Remember where we just were in case we end up pushing children
      prevKidFrame = kidFrame;

      MOZ_ASSERT(!aStatus.IsIncomplete() || isPaginated,
                 "Table contents should only fragment in paginated contexts");

      // Special handling for incomplete children
      if (isPaginated && aStatus.IsIncomplete()) {
        nsIFrame* kidNextInFlow = kidFrame->GetNextInFlow();
        if (!kidNextInFlow) {
          // The child doesn't have a next-in-flow so create a continuing
          // frame. This hooks the child into the flow
          kidNextInFlow = presContext->PresShell()->FrameConstructor()->
            CreateContinuingFrame(presContext, kidFrame, this);

          // Insert the kid's new next-in-flow into our sibling list...
          mFrames.InsertFrame(nullptr, kidFrame, kidNextInFlow);
          // and in rowGroups after childX so that it will get pushed below.
          rowGroups.InsertElementAt(childX + 1,
                      static_cast<nsTableRowGroupFrame*>(kidNextInFlow));
        } else if (kidNextInFlow == kidFrame->GetNextSibling()) {
          // OrderRowGroups excludes NIFs in the child list from 'rowGroups'
          // so we deal with that here to make sure they get pushed.
          MOZ_ASSERT(!rowGroups.Contains(kidNextInFlow),
                     "OrderRowGroups must not put our NIF in 'rowGroups'");
          rowGroups.InsertElementAt(childX + 1,
                      static_cast<nsTableRowGroupFrame*>(kidNextInFlow));
        }

        // We've used up all of our available space so push the remaining
        // children.
        if (allowRepeatedFooter) {
          PlaceRepeatedFooter(aReflowInput, tfoot, footerHeight);
        }
        else if (tfoot && tfoot->IsRepeatable()) {
          tfoot->SetRepeatable(false);
        }

        nsIFrame* nextSibling = kidFrame->GetNextSibling();
        if (nextSibling) {
          PushChildren(rowGroups, childX + 1);
        }
        break;
      }
    }
    else { // it isn't being reflowed
      aReflowInput.bCoord += cellSpacingB;
      LogicalRect kidRect(wm, kidFrame->GetNormalRect(), containerSize);
      if (kidRect.BStart(wm) != aReflowInput.bCoord) {
        // invalidate the old position
        kidFrame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
        // move to the new position
        kidFrame->MovePositionBy(wm, LogicalPoint(wm, 0, aReflowInput.bCoord -
                                                         kidRect.BStart(wm)));
        RePositionViews(kidFrame);
        // invalidate the new position
        kidFrame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
      }
      aReflowInput.bCoord += kidRect.BSize(wm);

      // If our bsize is constrained then update the available bsize.
      if (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE != aReflowInput.availSize.BSize(wm)) {
        aReflowInput.availSize.BSize(wm) -= cellSpacingB + kidRect.BSize(wm);
      }
    }
  }

  // We've now propagated the column resizes and geometry changes to all
  // the children.
  mBits.mResizedColumns = false;
  ClearGeometryDirty();
}

void
nsTableFrame::ReflowColGroups(gfxContext *aRenderingContext)
{
  if (!GetPrevInFlow() && !HaveReflowedColGroups()) {
    ReflowOutput kidMet(GetWritingMode());
    nsPresContext *presContext = PresContext();
    for (nsIFrame* kidFrame : mColGroups) {
      if (NS_SUBTREE_DIRTY(kidFrame)) {
        // The column groups don't care about dimensions or reflow states.
        ReflowInput
          kidReflowInput(presContext, kidFrame, aRenderingContext,
                         LogicalSize(kidFrame->GetWritingMode()));
        nsReflowStatus cgStatus;
        ReflowChild(kidFrame, presContext, kidMet, kidReflowInput, 0, 0, 0,
                    cgStatus);
        FinishReflowChild(kidFrame, presContext, kidMet, nullptr, 0, 0, 0);
      }
    }
    SetHaveReflowedColGroups(true);
  }
}

void
nsTableFrame::CalcDesiredBSize(const ReflowInput& aReflowInput,
                               ReflowOutput& aDesiredSize)
{
  WritingMode wm = aReflowInput.GetWritingMode();
  nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
  if (!cellMap) {
    NS_ERROR("never ever call me until the cell map is built!");
    aDesiredSize.BSize(wm) = 0;
    return;
  }
  LogicalMargin borderPadding = GetChildAreaOffset(wm, &aReflowInput);

  // get the natural bsize based on the last child's (row group) rect
  RowGroupArray rowGroups;
  OrderRowGroups(rowGroups);
  if (rowGroups.IsEmpty()) {
    // tables can be used as rectangular items without content
    nscoord tableSpecifiedBSize = CalcBorderBoxBSize(aReflowInput);
    if ((NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE != tableSpecifiedBSize) &&
        (tableSpecifiedBSize > 0) &&
        eCompatibility_NavQuirks != PresContext()->CompatibilityMode()) {
          // empty tables should not have a size in quirks mode
      aDesiredSize.BSize(wm) = tableSpecifiedBSize;
    } else {
      aDesiredSize.BSize(wm) = 0;
    }
    return;
  }
  int32_t rowCount = cellMap->GetRowCount();
  int32_t colCount = cellMap->GetColCount();
  nscoord desiredBSize = borderPadding.BStartEnd(wm);
  if (rowCount > 0 && colCount > 0) {
    desiredBSize += GetRowSpacing(-1);
    for (uint32_t rgIdx = 0; rgIdx < rowGroups.Length(); rgIdx++) {
      desiredBSize += rowGroups[rgIdx]->BSize(wm) +
                       GetRowSpacing(rowGroups[rgIdx]->GetRowCount() +
                                     rowGroups[rgIdx]->GetStartRowIndex());
    }
  }

  // see if a specified table bsize requires dividing additional space to rows
  if (!GetPrevInFlow()) {
    nscoord tableSpecifiedBSize = CalcBorderBoxBSize(aReflowInput);
    if ((tableSpecifiedBSize > 0) &&
        (tableSpecifiedBSize != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE) &&
        (tableSpecifiedBSize > desiredBSize)) {
      // proportionately distribute the excess bsize to unconstrained rows in each
      // unconstrained row group.
      DistributeBSizeToRows(aReflowInput, tableSpecifiedBSize - desiredBSize);
      // this might have changed the overflow area incorporate the childframe overflow area.
      for (nsIFrame* kidFrame : mFrames) {
        ConsiderChildOverflow(aDesiredSize.mOverflowAreas, kidFrame);
      }
      desiredBSize = tableSpecifiedBSize;
    }
  }
  aDesiredSize.BSize(wm) = desiredBSize;
}

static
void ResizeCells(nsTableFrame& aTableFrame)
{
  nsTableFrame::RowGroupArray rowGroups;
  aTableFrame.OrderRowGroups(rowGroups);
  WritingMode wm = aTableFrame.GetWritingMode();
  ReflowOutput tableDesiredSize(wm);
  tableDesiredSize.SetSize(wm, aTableFrame.GetLogicalSize(wm));
  tableDesiredSize.SetOverflowAreasToDesiredBounds();

  for (uint32_t rgIdx = 0; rgIdx < rowGroups.Length(); rgIdx++) {
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* rgFrame = rowGroups[rgIdx];

    ReflowOutput groupDesiredSize(wm);
    groupDesiredSize.SetSize(wm, rgFrame->GetLogicalSize(wm));
    groupDesiredSize.SetOverflowAreasToDesiredBounds();

    nsTableRowFrame* rowFrame = rgFrame->GetFirstRow();
    while (rowFrame) {
      rowFrame->DidResize();
      rgFrame->ConsiderChildOverflow(groupDesiredSize.mOverflowAreas, rowFrame);
      rowFrame = rowFrame->GetNextRow();
    }
    rgFrame->FinishAndStoreOverflow(&groupDesiredSize);
    tableDesiredSize.mOverflowAreas.UnionWith(groupDesiredSize.mOverflowAreas +
                                              rgFrame->GetPosition());
  }
  aTableFrame.FinishAndStoreOverflow(&tableDesiredSize);
}

void
nsTableFrame::DistributeBSizeToRows(const ReflowInput& aReflowInput,
                                    nscoord                  aAmount)
{
  WritingMode wm = aReflowInput.GetWritingMode();
  LogicalMargin borderPadding = GetChildAreaOffset(wm, &aReflowInput);

  nsSize containerSize =
    aReflowInput.ComputedSizeAsContainerIfConstrained();

  RowGroupArray rowGroups;
  OrderRowGroups(rowGroups);

  nscoord amountUsed = 0;
  // distribute space to each pct bsize row whose row group doesn't have a computed
  // bsize, and base the pct on the table bsize. If the row group had a computed
  // bsize, then this was already done in nsTableRowGroupFrame::CalculateRowBSizes
  nscoord pctBasis = aReflowInput.ComputedBSize() - GetRowSpacing(-1, GetRowCount());
  nscoord bOriginRG = borderPadding.BStart(wm) + GetRowSpacing(0);
  nscoord bEndRG = bOriginRG;
  uint32_t rgIdx;
  for (rgIdx = 0; rgIdx < rowGroups.Length(); rgIdx++) {
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* rgFrame = rowGroups[rgIdx];
    nscoord amountUsedByRG = 0;
    nscoord bOriginRow = 0;
    LogicalRect rgNormalRect(wm, rgFrame->GetNormalRect(), containerSize);
    if (!rgFrame->HasStyleBSize()) {
      nsTableRowFrame* rowFrame = rgFrame->GetFirstRow();
      while (rowFrame) {
        // We don't know the final width of the rowGroupFrame yet, so use 0,0
        // as a dummy containerSize here; we'll adjust the row positions at
        // the end, after the rowGroup size is finalized.
        const nsSize dummyContainerSize;
        LogicalRect rowNormalRect(wm, rowFrame->GetNormalRect(),
                                  dummyContainerSize);
        nscoord cellSpacingB = GetRowSpacing(rowFrame->GetRowIndex());
        if ((amountUsed < aAmount) && rowFrame->HasPctBSize()) {
          nscoord pctBSize = rowFrame->GetInitialBSize(pctBasis);
          nscoord amountForRow = std::min(aAmount - amountUsed,
                                          pctBSize - rowNormalRect.BSize(wm));
          if (amountForRow > 0) {
            // XXXbz we don't need to move the row's b-position to bOriginRow?
            nsRect origRowRect = rowFrame->GetRect();
            nscoord newRowBSize = rowNormalRect.BSize(wm) + amountForRow;
            rowFrame->SetSize(wm, LogicalSize(wm, rowNormalRect.ISize(wm),
                              newRowBSize));
            bOriginRow += newRowBSize + cellSpacingB;
            bEndRG += newRowBSize + cellSpacingB;
            amountUsed += amountForRow;
            amountUsedByRG += amountForRow;
            //rowFrame->DidResize();
            nsTableFrame::RePositionViews(rowFrame);

            rgFrame->InvalidateFrameWithRect(origRowRect);
            rgFrame->InvalidateFrame();
          }
        }
        else {
          if (amountUsed > 0 && bOriginRow != rowNormalRect.BStart(wm) &&
              !HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW)) {
            rowFrame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
            rowFrame->MovePositionBy(wm, LogicalPoint(wm, 0, bOriginRow -
                                                    rowNormalRect.BStart(wm)));
            nsTableFrame::RePositionViews(rowFrame);
            rowFrame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
          }
          bOriginRow += rowNormalRect.BSize(wm) + cellSpacingB;
          bEndRG += rowNormalRect.BSize(wm) + cellSpacingB;
        }
        rowFrame = rowFrame->GetNextRow();
      }
      if (amountUsed > 0) {
        if (rgNormalRect.BStart(wm) != bOriginRG) {
          rgFrame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
        }

        nsRect origRgNormalRect = rgFrame->GetRect();
        nsRect origRgVisualOverflow = rgFrame->GetVisualOverflowRect();

        rgFrame->MovePositionBy(wm, LogicalPoint(wm, 0, bOriginRG -
                                                 rgNormalRect.BStart(wm)));
        rgFrame->SetSize(wm, LogicalSize(wm, rgNormalRect.ISize(wm),
                                rgNormalRect.BSize(wm) + amountUsedByRG));

        nsTableFrame::InvalidateTableFrame(rgFrame, origRgNormalRect,
                                           origRgVisualOverflow, false);
      }
    }
    else if (amountUsed > 0 && bOriginRG != rgNormalRect.BStart(wm)) {
      rgFrame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
      rgFrame->MovePositionBy(wm, LogicalPoint(wm, 0, bOriginRG -
                                               rgNormalRect.BStart(wm)));
      // Make sure child views are properly positioned
      nsTableFrame::RePositionViews(rgFrame);
      rgFrame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
    }
    bOriginRG = bEndRG;
  }

  if (amountUsed >= aAmount) {
    ResizeCells(*this);
    return;
  }

  // get the first row without a style bsize where its row group has an
  // unconstrained bsize
  nsTableRowGroupFrame* firstUnStyledRG  = nullptr;
  nsTableRowFrame*      firstUnStyledRow = nullptr;
  for (rgIdx = 0; rgIdx < rowGroups.Length() && !firstUnStyledRG; rgIdx++) {
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* rgFrame = rowGroups[rgIdx];
    if (!rgFrame->HasStyleBSize()) {
      nsTableRowFrame* rowFrame = rgFrame->GetFirstRow();
      while (rowFrame) {
        if (!rowFrame->HasStyleBSize()) {
          firstUnStyledRG = rgFrame;
          firstUnStyledRow = rowFrame;
          break;
        }
        rowFrame = rowFrame->GetNextRow();
      }
    }
  }

  nsTableRowFrame* lastEligibleRow = nullptr;
  // Accumulate the correct divisor. This will be the total bsize of all
  // unstyled rows inside unstyled row groups, unless there are none, in which
  // case, it will be number of all rows. If the unstyled rows don't have a
  // bsize, divide the space equally among them.
  nscoord divisor = 0;
  int32_t eligibleRows = 0;
  bool expandEmptyRows = false;

  if (!firstUnStyledRow) {
    // there is no unstyled row
    divisor = GetRowCount();
  }
  else {
    for (rgIdx = 0; rgIdx < rowGroups.Length(); rgIdx++) {
      nsTableRowGroupFrame* rgFrame = rowGroups[rgIdx];
      if (!firstUnStyledRG || !rgFrame->HasStyleBSize()) {
        nsTableRowFrame* rowFrame = rgFrame->GetFirstRow();
        while (rowFrame) {
          if (!firstUnStyledRG || !rowFrame->HasStyleBSize()) {
            NS_ASSERTION(rowFrame->BSize(wm) >= 0,
                         "negative row frame block-size");
            divisor += rowFrame->BSize(wm);
            eligibleRows++;
            lastEligibleRow = rowFrame;
          }
          rowFrame = rowFrame->GetNextRow();
        }
      }
    }
    if (divisor <= 0) {
      if (eligibleRows > 0) {
        expandEmptyRows = true;
      }
      else {
        NS_ERROR("invalid divisor");
        return;
      }
    }
  }
  // allocate the extra bsize to the unstyled row groups and rows
  nscoord bSizeToDistribute = aAmount - amountUsed;
  bOriginRG = borderPadding.BStart(wm) + GetRowSpacing(-1);
  bEndRG = bOriginRG;
  for (rgIdx = 0; rgIdx < rowGroups.Length(); rgIdx++) {
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* rgFrame = rowGroups[rgIdx];
    nscoord amountUsedByRG = 0;
    nscoord bOriginRow = 0;
    LogicalRect rgNormalRect(wm, rgFrame->GetNormalRect(), containerSize);
    nsRect rgVisualOverflow = rgFrame->GetVisualOverflowRect();
    // see if there is an eligible row group or we distribute to all rows
    if (!firstUnStyledRG || !rgFrame->HasStyleBSize() || !eligibleRows) {
      for (nsTableRowFrame* rowFrame = rgFrame->GetFirstRow();
           rowFrame; rowFrame = rowFrame->GetNextRow()) {
        nscoord cellSpacingB = GetRowSpacing(rowFrame->GetRowIndex());
        // We don't know the final width of the rowGroupFrame yet, so use 0,0
        // as a dummy containerSize here; we'll adjust the row positions at
        // the end, after the rowGroup size is finalized.
        const nsSize dummyContainerSize;
        LogicalRect rowNormalRect(wm, rowFrame->GetNormalRect(),
                                  dummyContainerSize);
        nsRect rowVisualOverflow = rowFrame->GetVisualOverflowRect();
        // see if there is an eligible row or we distribute to all rows
        if (!firstUnStyledRow || !rowFrame->HasStyleBSize() || !eligibleRows) {
          float ratio;
          if (eligibleRows) {
            if (!expandEmptyRows) {
              // The amount of additional space each row gets is proportional
              // to its bsize
              ratio = float(rowNormalRect.BSize(wm)) / float(divisor);
            } else {
              // empty rows get all the same additional space
              ratio = 1.0f / float(eligibleRows);
            }
          }
          else {
            // all rows get the same additional space
            ratio = 1.0f / float(divisor);
          }
          // give rows their additional space, except for the last row which
          // gets the remainder
          nscoord amountForRow =
            (rowFrame == lastEligibleRow)
              ? aAmount - amountUsed
              : NSToCoordRound(((float)(bSizeToDistribute)) * ratio);
          amountForRow = std::min(amountForRow, aAmount - amountUsed);

          if (bOriginRow != rowNormalRect.BStart(wm)) {
            rowFrame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
          }

          // update the row bsize
          nsRect origRowRect = rowFrame->GetRect();
          nscoord newRowBSize = rowNormalRect.BSize(wm) + amountForRow;
          rowFrame->MovePositionBy(wm, LogicalPoint(wm, 0, bOriginRow -
                                                    rowNormalRect.BStart(wm)));
          rowFrame->SetSize(wm, LogicalSize(wm, rowNormalRect.ISize(wm),
                                            newRowBSize));

          bOriginRow += newRowBSize + cellSpacingB;
          bEndRG += newRowBSize + cellSpacingB;

          amountUsed += amountForRow;
          amountUsedByRG += amountForRow;
          NS_ASSERTION((amountUsed <= aAmount), "invalid row allocation");
          //rowFrame->DidResize();
          nsTableFrame::RePositionViews(rowFrame);

          nsTableFrame::InvalidateTableFrame(rowFrame, origRowRect,
                                             rowVisualOverflow, false);
        }
        else {
          if (amountUsed > 0 && bOriginRow != rowNormalRect.BStart(wm)) {
            rowFrame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
            rowFrame->MovePositionBy(wm, LogicalPoint(wm, 0, bOriginRow -
                                                    rowNormalRect.BStart(wm)));
            nsTableFrame::RePositionViews(rowFrame);
            rowFrame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
          }
          bOriginRow += rowNormalRect.BSize(wm) + cellSpacingB;
          bEndRG += rowNormalRect.BSize(wm) + cellSpacingB;
        }
      }

      if (amountUsed > 0) {
        if (rgNormalRect.BStart(wm) != bOriginRG) {
          rgFrame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
        }

        nsRect origRgNormalRect = rgFrame->GetRect();
        rgFrame->MovePositionBy(wm, LogicalPoint(wm, 0, bOriginRG -
                                                 rgNormalRect.BStart(wm)));
        rgFrame->SetSize(wm, LogicalSize(wm, rgNormalRect.ISize(wm),
                                rgNormalRect.BSize(wm) + amountUsedByRG));

        nsTableFrame::InvalidateTableFrame(rgFrame, origRgNormalRect,
                                           rgVisualOverflow, false);
      }

      // For vertical-rl mode, we needed to position the rows relative to the
      // right-hand (block-start) side of the group; but we couldn't do that
      // above, as we didn't know the rowGroupFrame's final block size yet.
      // So we used a dummyContainerSize of 0,0 earlier, placing the rows to
      // the left of the rowGroupFrame's (physical) origin. Now we move them
      // all rightwards by its final width.
      if (wm.IsVerticalRL()) {
        nscoord rgWidth = rgFrame->GetSize().width;
        for (nsTableRowFrame* rowFrame = rgFrame->GetFirstRow();
             rowFrame; rowFrame = rowFrame->GetNextRow()) {
          rowFrame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
          rowFrame->MovePositionBy(nsPoint(rgWidth, 0));
          nsTableFrame::RePositionViews(rowFrame);
          rowFrame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
        }
      }
    }
    else if (amountUsed > 0 && bOriginRG != rgNormalRect.BStart(wm)) {
      rgFrame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
      rgFrame->MovePositionBy(wm, LogicalPoint(wm, 0, bOriginRG -
                                               rgNormalRect.BStart(wm)));
      // Make sure child views are properly positioned
      nsTableFrame::RePositionViews(rgFrame);
      rgFrame->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
    }
    bOriginRG = bEndRG;
  }

  ResizeCells(*this);
}

nscoord
nsTableFrame::GetColumnISizeFromFirstInFlow(int32_t aColIndex)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(this == FirstInFlow());
  nsTableColFrame* colFrame = GetColFrame(aColIndex);
  return colFrame ? colFrame->GetFinalISize() : 0;
}

nscoord
nsTableFrame::GetColSpacing()
{
  if (IsBorderCollapse())
    return 0;

  return StyleTableBorder()->mBorderSpacingCol;
}

// XXX: could cache this.  But be sure to check style changes if you do!
nscoord
nsTableFrame::GetColSpacing(int32_t aColIndex)
{
  NS_ASSERTION(aColIndex >= -1 && aColIndex <= GetColCount(),
               "Column index exceeds the bounds of the table");
  // Index is irrelevant for ordinary tables.  We check that it falls within
  // appropriate bounds to increase confidence of correctness in situations
  // where it does matter.
  return GetColSpacing();
}

nscoord
nsTableFrame::GetColSpacing(int32_t aStartColIndex,
                            int32_t aEndColIndex)
{
  NS_ASSERTION(aStartColIndex >= -1 && aStartColIndex <= GetColCount(),
               "Start column index exceeds the bounds of the table");
  NS_ASSERTION(aEndColIndex >= -1 && aEndColIndex <= GetColCount(),
               "End column index exceeds the bounds of the table");
  NS_ASSERTION(aStartColIndex <= aEndColIndex,
               "End index must not be less than start index");
  // Only one possible value so just multiply it out. Tables where index
  // matters will override this function
  return GetColSpacing() * (aEndColIndex - aStartColIndex);
}

nscoord
nsTableFrame::GetRowSpacing()
{
  if (IsBorderCollapse())
    return 0;

  return StyleTableBorder()->mBorderSpacingRow;
}

// XXX: could cache this. But be sure to check style changes if you do!
nscoord
nsTableFrame::GetRowSpacing(int32_t aRowIndex)
{
  NS_ASSERTION(aRowIndex >= -1 && aRowIndex <= GetRowCount(),
               "Row index exceeds the bounds of the table");
  // Index is irrelevant for ordinary tables.  We check that it falls within
  // appropriate bounds to increase confidence of correctness in situations
  // where it does matter.
  return GetRowSpacing();
}

nscoord
nsTableFrame::GetRowSpacing(int32_t aStartRowIndex,
                            int32_t aEndRowIndex)
{
  NS_ASSERTION(aStartRowIndex >= -1 && aStartRowIndex <= GetRowCount(),
               "Start row index exceeds the bounds of the table");
  NS_ASSERTION(aEndRowIndex >= -1 && aEndRowIndex <= GetRowCount(),
               "End row index exceeds the bounds of the table");
  NS_ASSERTION(aStartRowIndex <= aEndRowIndex,
               "End index must not be less than start index");
  // Only one possible value so just multiply it out. Tables where index
  // matters will override this function
  return GetRowSpacing() * (aEndRowIndex - aStartRowIndex);
}

/* virtual */ nscoord
nsTableFrame::GetLogicalBaseline(WritingMode aWM) const
{
  nscoord baseline;
  if (!GetNaturalBaselineBOffset(aWM, BaselineSharingGroup::eFirst, &baseline)) {
    baseline = BSize(aWM);
  }
  return baseline;
}

/* virtual */ bool
nsTableFrame::GetNaturalBaselineBOffset(WritingMode aWM,
                                        BaselineSharingGroup aBaselineGroup,
                                        nscoord*             aBaseline) const
{
  RowGroupArray orderedRowGroups;
  OrderRowGroups(orderedRowGroups);
  // XXX not sure if this should be the size of the containing block instead.
  nsSize containerSize = mRect.Size();
  auto TableBaseline = [aWM, containerSize] (nsTableRowGroupFrame* aRowGroup,
                                             nsTableRowFrame* aRow) {
    nscoord rgBStart = LogicalRect(aWM, aRowGroup->GetNormalRect(),
                                   containerSize).BStart(aWM);
    nscoord rowBStart = LogicalRect(aWM, aRow->GetNormalRect(),
                                    containerSize).BStart(aWM);
    return rgBStart + rowBStart + aRow->GetRowBaseline(aWM);
  };
  if (aBaselineGroup == BaselineSharingGroup::eFirst) {
    for (uint32_t rgIndex = 0; rgIndex < orderedRowGroups.Length(); rgIndex++) {
      nsTableRowGroupFrame* rgFrame = orderedRowGroups[rgIndex];
      nsTableRowFrame* row = rgFrame->GetFirstRow();
      if (row) {
        *aBaseline = TableBaseline(rgFrame, row);
        return true;
      }
    }
  } else {
    for (uint32_t rgIndex = orderedRowGroups.Length(); rgIndex-- > 0;) {
      nsTableRowGroupFrame* rgFrame = orderedRowGroups[rgIndex];
      nsTableRowFrame* row = rgFrame->GetLastRow();
      if (row) {
        *aBaseline = BSize(aWM) - TableBaseline(rgFrame, row);
        return true;
      }
    }
  }
  return false;
}

/* ----- global methods ----- */

nsTableFrame*
NS_NewTableFrame(nsIPresShell* aPresShell, ComputedStyle* aStyle)
{
  return new (aPresShell) nsTableFrame(aStyle);
}

NS_IMPL_FRAMEARENA_HELPERS(nsTableFrame)

nsTableFrame*
nsTableFrame::GetTableFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
{
  for (nsIFrame* ancestor = aFrame->GetParent(); ancestor;
       ancestor = ancestor->GetParent()) {
    if (ancestor->IsTableFrame()) {
      return static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(ancestor);
    }
  }
  MOZ_CRASH("unable to find table parent");
  return nullptr;
}

nsTableFrame*
nsTableFrame::GetTableFramePassingThrough(nsIFrame* aMustPassThrough,
                                          nsIFrame* aFrame,
                                          bool* aDidPassThrough)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aMustPassThrough == aFrame ||
             nsLayoutUtils::IsProperAncestorFrame(aMustPassThrough, aFrame),
             "aMustPassThrough should be an ancestor");

  // Retrieve the table frame, and check if we hit aMustPassThrough on the
  // way.
  *aDidPassThrough = false;
  nsTableFrame* tableFrame = nullptr;
  for (nsIFrame* ancestor = aFrame; ancestor; ancestor = ancestor->GetParent()) {
    if (ancestor == aMustPassThrough) {
      *aDidPassThrough = true;
    }
    if (ancestor->IsTableFrame()) {
      tableFrame = static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(ancestor);
      break;
    }
  }

  MOZ_ASSERT(tableFrame, "Should have a table frame here");
  return tableFrame;
}

bool
nsTableFrame::IsAutoBSize(WritingMode aWM)
{
  const nsStyleCoord &bsize = StylePosition()->BSize(aWM);
  // Don't consider calc() here like this quirk for percent.
  return bsize.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto ||
         (bsize.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Percent &&
          bsize.GetPercentValue() <= 0.0f);
}

nscoord
nsTableFrame::CalcBorderBoxBSize(const ReflowInput& aReflowInput)
{
  nscoord bSize = aReflowInput.ComputedBSize();
  if (NS_AUTOHEIGHT != bSize) {
    WritingMode wm = aReflowInput.GetWritingMode();
    LogicalMargin borderPadding = GetChildAreaOffset(wm, &aReflowInput);
    bSize += borderPadding.BStartEnd(wm);
  }
  bSize = std::max(0, bSize);

  return bSize;
}

bool
nsTableFrame::IsAutoLayout()
{
  if (StyleTable()->mLayoutStrategy == NS_STYLE_TABLE_LAYOUT_AUTO)
    return true;
  // a fixed-layout inline-table must have a inline size
  // and tables with inline size set to '-moz-max-content' must be
  // auto-layout (at least as long as
  // FixedTableLayoutStrategy::GetPrefISize returns nscoord_MAX)
  const nsStyleCoord &iSize = StylePosition()->ISize(GetWritingMode());
  return (iSize.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto) ||
         (iSize.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Enumerated &&
          iSize.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT);
}

#ifdef DEBUG_FRAME_DUMP
nsresult
nsTableFrame::GetFrameName(nsAString& aResult) const
{
  return MakeFrameName(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Table"), aResult);
}
#endif

// Find the closet sibling before aPriorChildFrame (including aPriorChildFrame) that
// is of type aChildType
nsIFrame*
nsTableFrame::GetFrameAtOrBefore(nsIFrame* aParentFrame,
                                 nsIFrame* aPriorChildFrame,
                                 LayoutFrameType aChildType)
{
  nsIFrame* result = nullptr;
  if (!aPriorChildFrame) {
    return result;
  }
  if (aChildType == aPriorChildFrame->Type()) {
    return aPriorChildFrame;
  }

  // aPriorChildFrame is not of type aChildType, so we need start from
  // the beginnng and find the closest one
  nsIFrame* lastMatchingFrame = nullptr;
  nsIFrame* childFrame = aParentFrame->PrincipalChildList().FirstChild();
  while (childFrame && (childFrame != aPriorChildFrame)) {
    if (aChildType == childFrame->Type()) {
      lastMatchingFrame = childFrame;
    }
    childFrame = childFrame->GetNextSibling();
  }
  return lastMatchingFrame;
}

#ifdef DEBUG
void
nsTableFrame::DumpRowGroup(nsIFrame* aKidFrame)
{
  if (!aKidFrame)
    return;

  for (nsIFrame* cFrame : aKidFrame->PrincipalChildList()) {
    nsTableRowFrame *rowFrame = do_QueryFrame(cFrame);
    if (rowFrame) {
      printf("row(%d)=%p ", rowFrame->GetRowIndex(),
             static_cast<void*>(rowFrame));
      for (nsIFrame* childFrame : cFrame->PrincipalChildList()) {
        nsTableCellFrame *cellFrame = do_QueryFrame(childFrame);
        if (cellFrame) {
          uint32_t colIndex = cellFrame->ColIndex();
          printf("cell(%u)=%p ", colIndex, static_cast<void*>(childFrame));
        }
      }
      printf("\n");
    }
    else {
      DumpRowGroup(rowFrame);
    }
  }
}

void
nsTableFrame::Dump(bool            aDumpRows,
                   bool            aDumpCols,
                   bool            aDumpCellMap)
{
  printf("***START TABLE DUMP*** \n");
  // dump the columns widths array
  printf("mColWidths=");
  int32_t numCols = GetColCount();
  int32_t colIdx;
  nsTableFrame* fif = static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(FirstInFlow());
  for (colIdx = 0; colIdx < numCols; colIdx++) {
    printf("%d ", fif->GetColumnISizeFromFirstInFlow(colIdx));
  }
  printf("\n");

  if (aDumpRows) {
    nsIFrame* kidFrame = mFrames.FirstChild();
    while (kidFrame) {
      DumpRowGroup(kidFrame);
      kidFrame = kidFrame->GetNextSibling();
    }
  }

  if (aDumpCols) {
    // output col frame cache
    printf("\n col frame cache ->");
     for (colIdx = 0; colIdx < numCols; colIdx++) {
      nsTableColFrame* colFrame = mColFrames.ElementAt(colIdx);
      if (0 == (colIdx % 8)) {
        printf("\n");
      }
      printf ("%d=%p ", colIdx, static_cast<void*>(colFrame));
      nsTableColType colType = colFrame->GetColType();
      switch (colType) {
      case eColContent:
        printf(" content ");
        break;
      case eColAnonymousCol:
        printf(" anonymous-column ");
        break;
      case eColAnonymousColGroup:
        printf(" anonymous-colgroup ");
        break;
      case eColAnonymousCell:
        printf(" anonymous-cell ");
        break;
      }
    }
    printf("\n colgroups->");
    for (nsIFrame* childFrame : mColGroups) {
      if (LayoutFrameType::TableColGroup == childFrame->Type()) {
        nsTableColGroupFrame* colGroupFrame = (nsTableColGroupFrame *)childFrame;
        colGroupFrame->Dump(1);
      }
    }
    for (colIdx = 0; colIdx < numCols; colIdx++) {
      printf("\n");
      nsTableColFrame* colFrame = GetColFrame(colIdx);
      colFrame->Dump(1);
    }
  }
  if (aDumpCellMap) {
    nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
    cellMap->Dump();
  }
  printf(" ***END TABLE DUMP*** \n");
}
#endif

bool
nsTableFrame::ColumnHasCellSpacingBefore(int32_t aColIndex) const
{
  // Since fixed-layout tables should not have their column sizes change
  // as they load, we assume that all columns are significant.
  if (LayoutStrategy()->GetType() == nsITableLayoutStrategy::Fixed)
    return true;
  // the first column is always significant
  if (aColIndex == 0)
    return true;
  nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
  if (!cellMap)
    return false;
  return cellMap->GetNumCellsOriginatingInCol(aColIndex) > 0;
}

/********************************************************************************
 * Collapsing Borders
 *
 *  The CSS spec says to resolve border conflicts in this order:
 *  1) any border with the style HIDDEN wins
 *  2) the widest border with a style that is not NONE wins
 *  3) the border styles are ranked in this order, highest to lowest precedence:
 *     double, solid, dashed, dotted, ridge, outset, groove, inset
 *  4) borders that are of equal width and style (differ only in color) have this precedence:
 *     cell, row, rowgroup, col, colgroup, table
 *  5) if all border styles are NONE, then that's the computed border style.
 *******************************************************************************/

#ifdef DEBUG
#define VerifyNonNegativeDamageRect(r)                                  \
  NS_ASSERTION((r).StartCol() >= 0, "negative col index");              \
  NS_ASSERTION((r).StartRow() >= 0, "negative row index");              \
  NS_ASSERTION((r).ColCount() >= 0, "negative cols damage");            \
  NS_ASSERTION((r).RowCount() >= 0, "negative rows damage");
#define VerifyDamageRect(r)                                             \
  VerifyNonNegativeDamageRect(r);                                       \
  NS_ASSERTION((r).EndCol() <= GetColCount(),                           \
               "cols damage extends outside table");                    \
  NS_ASSERTION((r).EndRow() <= GetRowCount(),                           \
               "rows damage extends outside table");
#endif

void
nsTableFrame::AddBCDamageArea(const TableArea& aValue)
{
  NS_ASSERTION(IsBorderCollapse(), "invalid AddBCDamageArea call");
#ifdef DEBUG
  VerifyDamageRect(aValue);
#endif

  SetNeedToCalcBCBorders(true);
  SetNeedToCalcHasBCBorders(true);
  // Get the property
  BCPropertyData* value = GetOrCreateBCProperty();
  if (value) {
#ifdef DEBUG
    VerifyNonNegativeDamageRect(value->mDamageArea);
#endif
    // Clamp the old damage area to the current table area in case it shrunk.
    int32_t cols = GetColCount();
    if (value->mDamageArea.EndCol() > cols) {
      if (value->mDamageArea.StartCol() > cols) {
        value->mDamageArea.StartCol() = cols;
        value->mDamageArea.ColCount() = 0;
      }
      else {
        value->mDamageArea.ColCount() = cols - value->mDamageArea.StartCol();
      }
    }
    int32_t rows = GetRowCount();
    if (value->mDamageArea.EndRow() > rows) {
      if (value->mDamageArea.StartRow() > rows) {
        value->mDamageArea.StartRow() = rows;
        value->mDamageArea.RowCount() = 0;
      }
      else {
        value->mDamageArea.RowCount() = rows - value->mDamageArea.StartRow();
      }
    }

    // Construct a union of the new and old damage areas.
    value->mDamageArea.UnionArea(value->mDamageArea, aValue);
  }
}


void
nsTableFrame::SetFullBCDamageArea()
{
  NS_ASSERTION(IsBorderCollapse(), "invalid SetFullBCDamageArea call");

  SetNeedToCalcBCBorders(true);
  SetNeedToCalcHasBCBorders(true);

  BCPropertyData* value = GetOrCreateBCProperty();
  if (value) {
    value->mDamageArea = TableArea(0, 0, GetColCount(), GetRowCount());
  }
}


/* BCCellBorder represents a border segment which can be either an inline-dir
 * or a block-dir segment. For each segment we need to know the color, width,
 * style, who owns it and how long it is in cellmap coordinates.
 * Ownership of these segments is important to calculate which corners should
 * be bevelled. This structure has dual use, its used first to compute the
 * dominant border for inline-dir and block-dir segments and to store the
 * preliminary computed border results in the BCCellBorders structure.
 * This temporary storage is not symmetric with respect to inline-dir and
 * block-dir border segments, its always column oriented. For each column in
 * the cellmap there is a temporary stored block-dir and inline-dir segment.
 * XXX_Bernd this asymmetry is the root of those rowspan bc border errors
 */
struct BCCellBorder
{
  BCCellBorder() { Reset(0, 1); }
  void Reset(uint32_t aRowIndex, uint32_t aRowSpan);
  nscolor       color;    // border segment color
  BCPixelSize   width;    // border segment width in pixel coordinates !!
  uint8_t       style;    // border segment style, possible values are defined
                          // in nsStyleConsts.h as NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_*
  BCBorderOwner owner;    // border segment owner, possible values are defined
                          // in celldata.h. In the cellmap for each border
                          // segment we store the owner and later when
                          // painting we know the owner and can retrieve the
                          // style info from the corresponding frame
  int32_t       rowIndex; // rowIndex of temporary stored inline-dir border
                          // segments relative to the table
  int32_t       rowSpan;  // row span of temporary stored inline-dir border
                          // segments
};

void
BCCellBorder::Reset(uint32_t aRowIndex,
                    uint32_t aRowSpan)
{
  style = NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE;
  color = 0;
  width = 0;
  owner = eTableOwner;
  rowIndex = aRowIndex;
  rowSpan  = aRowSpan;
}

class BCMapCellIterator;

/*****************************************************************
 *  BCMapCellInfo
 * This structure stores information about the cellmap and all involved
 * table related frames that are used during the computation of winning borders
 * in CalcBCBorders so that they do need to be looked up again and again when
 * iterating over the cells.
 ****************************************************************/
struct BCMapCellInfo
{
  explicit BCMapCellInfo(nsTableFrame* aTableFrame);
  void ResetCellInfo();
  void SetInfo(nsTableRowFrame*   aNewRow,
               int32_t            aColIndex,
               BCCellData*        aCellData,
               BCMapCellIterator* aIter,
               nsCellMap*         aCellMap = nullptr);
  // The BCMapCellInfo has functions to set the continous
  // border widths (see nsTablePainter.cpp for a description of the continous
  // borders concept). The widths are computed inside these functions based on
  // the current position inside the table and the cached frames that correspond
  // to this position. The widths are stored in member variables of the internal
  // table frames.
  void SetTableBStartIStartContBCBorder();
  void SetRowGroupIStartContBCBorder();
  void SetRowGroupIEndContBCBorder();
  void SetRowGroupBEndContBCBorder();
  void SetRowIStartContBCBorder();
  void SetRowIEndContBCBorder();
  void SetColumnBStartIEndContBCBorder();
  void SetColumnBEndContBCBorder();
  void SetColGroupBEndContBCBorder();
  void SetInnerRowGroupBEndContBCBorder(const nsIFrame* aNextRowGroup,
                                        nsTableRowFrame* aNextRow);

  // functions to set the border widths on the table related frames, where the
  // knowledge about the current position in the table is used.
  void SetTableBStartBorderWidth(BCPixelSize aWidth);
  void SetTableIStartBorderWidth(int32_t aRowB, BCPixelSize aWidth);
  void SetTableIEndBorderWidth(int32_t aRowB, BCPixelSize aWidth);
  void SetTableBEndBorderWidth(BCPixelSize aWidth);
  void SetIStartBorderWidths(BCPixelSize aWidth);
  void SetIEndBorderWidths(BCPixelSize aWidth);
  void SetBStartBorderWidths(BCPixelSize aWidth);
  void SetBEndBorderWidths(BCPixelSize aWidth);

  // functions to compute the borders; they depend on the
  // knowledge about the current position in the table. The edge functions
  // should be called if a table edge is involved, otherwise the internal
  // functions should be called.
  BCCellBorder GetBStartEdgeBorder();
  BCCellBorder GetBEndEdgeBorder();
  BCCellBorder GetIStartEdgeBorder();
  BCCellBorder GetIEndEdgeBorder();
  BCCellBorder GetIEndInternalBorder();
  BCCellBorder GetIStartInternalBorder();
  BCCellBorder GetBStartInternalBorder();
  BCCellBorder GetBEndInternalBorder();

  // functions to set the internal position information
  void SetColumn(int32_t aColX);
  // Increment the row as we loop over the rows of a rowspan
  void IncrementRow(bool aResetToBStartRowOfCell = false);

  // Helper functions to get extent of the cell
  int32_t GetCellEndRowIndex() const;
  int32_t GetCellEndColIndex() const;

  // storage of table information
  nsTableFrame*         mTableFrame;
  int32_t               mNumTableRows;
  int32_t               mNumTableCols;
  BCPropertyData*       mTableBCData;
  WritingMode           mTableWM;

  // a cell can only belong to one rowgroup
  nsTableRowGroupFrame* mRowGroup;

  // a cell with a rowspan has a bstart and a bend row, and rows in between
  nsTableRowFrame*      mStartRow;
  nsTableRowFrame*      mEndRow;
  nsTableRowFrame*      mCurrentRowFrame;

  // a cell with a colspan has an istart and iend column and columns in between
  // they can belong to different colgroups
  nsTableColGroupFrame* mColGroup;
  nsTableColGroupFrame* mCurrentColGroupFrame;

  nsTableColFrame*      mStartCol;
  nsTableColFrame*      mEndCol;
  nsTableColFrame*      mCurrentColFrame;

  // cell information
  BCCellData*           mCellData;
  nsBCTableCellFrame*   mCell;

  int32_t               mRowIndex;
  int32_t               mRowSpan;
  int32_t               mColIndex;
  int32_t               mColSpan;

  // flags to describe the position of the cell with respect to the row- and
  // colgroups, for instance mRgAtStart documents that the bStart cell border hits
  // a rowgroup border
  bool                  mRgAtStart;
  bool                  mRgAtEnd;
  bool                  mCgAtStart;
  bool                  mCgAtEnd;

};


BCMapCellInfo::BCMapCellInfo(nsTableFrame* aTableFrame)
  : mTableFrame(aTableFrame)
  , mNumTableRows(aTableFrame->GetRowCount())
  , mNumTableCols(aTableFrame->GetColCount())
  , mTableBCData(mTableFrame->GetProperty(TableBCProperty()))
  , mTableWM(aTableFrame->Style())
  , mCurrentRowFrame(nullptr)
  , mCurrentColGroupFrame(nullptr)
  , mCurrentColFrame(nullptr)
{
  ResetCellInfo();
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::ResetCellInfo()
{
  mCellData  = nullptr;
  mRowGroup  = nullptr;
  mStartRow  = nullptr;
  mEndRow    = nullptr;
  mColGroup  = nullptr;
  mStartCol  = nullptr;
  mEndCol    = nullptr;
  mCell      = nullptr;
  mRowIndex  = mRowSpan = mColIndex = mColSpan = 0;
  mRgAtStart = mRgAtEnd = mCgAtStart = mCgAtEnd = false;
}

inline int32_t
BCMapCellInfo::GetCellEndRowIndex() const
{
  return mRowIndex + mRowSpan - 1;
}

inline int32_t
BCMapCellInfo::GetCellEndColIndex() const
{
  return mColIndex + mColSpan - 1;
}


class BCMapCellIterator
{
public:
  BCMapCellIterator(nsTableFrame* aTableFrame,
                    const TableArea& aDamageArea);

  void First(BCMapCellInfo& aMapCellInfo);

  void Next(BCMapCellInfo& aMapCellInfo);

  void PeekIEnd(BCMapCellInfo& aRefInfo,
                uint32_t       aRowIndex,
                BCMapCellInfo& aAjaInfo);

  void PeekBEnd(BCMapCellInfo& aRefInfo,
                uint32_t       aColIndex,
                BCMapCellInfo& aAjaInfo);

  bool IsNewRow() { return mIsNewRow; }

  nsTableRowFrame* GetPrevRow() const { return mPrevRow; }
  nsTableRowFrame* GetCurrentRow() const { return mRow; }
  nsTableRowGroupFrame* GetCurrentRowGroup() const { return mRowGroup; }

  int32_t    mRowGroupStart;
  int32_t    mRowGroupEnd;
  bool       mAtEnd;
  nsCellMap* mCellMap;

private:
  bool SetNewRow(nsTableRowFrame* row = nullptr);
  bool SetNewRowGroup(bool aFindFirstDamagedRow);

  nsTableFrame*         mTableFrame;
  nsTableCellMap*       mTableCellMap;
  nsTableFrame::RowGroupArray mRowGroups;
  nsTableRowGroupFrame* mRowGroup;
  int32_t               mRowGroupIndex;
  uint32_t              mNumTableRows;
  nsTableRowFrame*      mRow;
  nsTableRowFrame*      mPrevRow;
  bool                  mIsNewRow;
  int32_t               mRowIndex;
  uint32_t              mNumTableCols;
  int32_t               mColIndex;
  nsPoint               mAreaStart; // These are not really points in the usual
  nsPoint               mAreaEnd;   // sense; they're column/row coordinates
                                    // in the cell map.
};

BCMapCellIterator::BCMapCellIterator(nsTableFrame* aTableFrame,
                                     const TableArea& aDamageArea)
  : mRowGroupStart(0)
  , mRowGroupEnd(0)
  , mCellMap(nullptr)
  , mTableFrame(aTableFrame)
  , mRowGroup(nullptr)
  , mPrevRow(nullptr)
  , mIsNewRow(false)
{
  mTableCellMap  = aTableFrame->GetCellMap();

  mAreaStart.x   = aDamageArea.StartCol();
  mAreaStart.y   = aDamageArea.StartRow();
  mAreaEnd.x     = aDamageArea.EndCol() - 1;
  mAreaEnd.y     = aDamageArea.EndRow() - 1;

  mNumTableRows  = mTableFrame->GetRowCount();
  mRow           = nullptr;
  mRowIndex      = 0;
  mNumTableCols  = mTableFrame->GetColCount();
  mColIndex      = 0;
  mRowGroupIndex = -1;

  // Get the ordered row groups
  aTableFrame->OrderRowGroups(mRowGroups);

  mAtEnd = true; // gets reset when First() is called
}

// fill fields that we need for border collapse computation on a given cell
void
BCMapCellInfo::SetInfo(nsTableRowFrame*   aNewRow,
                       int32_t            aColIndex,
                       BCCellData*        aCellData,
                       BCMapCellIterator* aIter,
                       nsCellMap*         aCellMap)
{
  // fill the cell information
  mCellData = aCellData;
  mColIndex = aColIndex;

  // initialize the row information if it was not previously set for cells in
  // this row
  mRowIndex = 0;
  if (aNewRow) {
    mStartRow = aNewRow;
    mRowIndex = aNewRow->GetRowIndex();
  }

  // fill cell frame info and row information
  mCell      = nullptr;
  mRowSpan   = 1;
  mColSpan   = 1;
  if (aCellData) {
    mCell = static_cast<nsBCTableCellFrame*>(aCellData->GetCellFrame());
    if (mCell) {
      if (!mStartRow) {
        mStartRow = mCell->GetTableRowFrame();
        if (!mStartRow) ABORT0();
        mRowIndex = mStartRow->GetRowIndex();
      }
      mColSpan = mTableFrame->GetEffectiveColSpan(*mCell, aCellMap);
      mRowSpan = mTableFrame->GetEffectiveRowSpan(*mCell, aCellMap);
    }
  }

  if (!mStartRow) {
    mStartRow = aIter->GetCurrentRow();
  }
  if (1 == mRowSpan) {
    mEndRow = mStartRow;
  }
  else {
    mEndRow = mStartRow->GetNextRow();
    if (mEndRow) {
      for (int32_t span = 2; mEndRow && span < mRowSpan; span++) {
        mEndRow = mEndRow->GetNextRow();
      }
      NS_ASSERTION(mEndRow, "spanned row not found");
    }
    else {
      NS_ERROR("error in cell map");
      mRowSpan = 1;
      mEndRow = mStartRow;
    }
  }
  // row group frame info
  // try to reuse the rgStart and rgEnd from the iterator as calls to
  // GetRowCount() are computationally expensive and should be avoided if
  // possible
  uint32_t rgStart  = aIter->mRowGroupStart;
  uint32_t rgEnd    = aIter->mRowGroupEnd;
  mRowGroup = mStartRow->GetTableRowGroupFrame();
  if (mRowGroup != aIter->GetCurrentRowGroup()) {
    rgStart = mRowGroup->GetStartRowIndex();
    rgEnd   = rgStart + mRowGroup->GetRowCount() - 1;
  }
  uint32_t rowIndex = mStartRow->GetRowIndex();
  mRgAtStart = rgStart == rowIndex;
  mRgAtEnd = rgEnd == rowIndex + mRowSpan - 1;

   // col frame info
  mStartCol = mTableFrame->GetColFrame(aColIndex);
  if (!mStartCol) ABORT0();

  mEndCol = mStartCol;
  if (mColSpan > 1) {
    nsTableColFrame* colFrame = mTableFrame->GetColFrame(aColIndex +
                                                         mColSpan -1);
    if (!colFrame) ABORT0();
    mEndCol = colFrame;
  }

  // col group frame info
  mColGroup = mStartCol->GetTableColGroupFrame();
  int32_t cgStart = mColGroup->GetStartColumnIndex();
  int32_t cgEnd = std::max(0, cgStart + mColGroup->GetColCount() - 1);
  mCgAtStart = cgStart == aColIndex;
  mCgAtEnd = cgEnd == aColIndex + mColSpan - 1;
}

bool
BCMapCellIterator::SetNewRow(nsTableRowFrame* aRow)
{
  mAtEnd   = true;
  mPrevRow = mRow;
  if (aRow) {
    mRow = aRow;
  }
  else if (mRow) {
    mRow = mRow->GetNextRow();
  }
  if (mRow) {
    mRowIndex = mRow->GetRowIndex();
    // get to the first entry with an originating cell
    int32_t rgRowIndex = mRowIndex - mRowGroupStart;
    if (uint32_t(rgRowIndex) >= mCellMap->mRows.Length())
      ABORT1(false);
    const nsCellMap::CellDataArray& row = mCellMap->mRows[rgRowIndex];

    for (mColIndex = mAreaStart.x; mColIndex <= mAreaEnd.x; mColIndex++) {
      CellData* cellData = row.SafeElementAt(mColIndex);
      if (!cellData) { // add a dead cell data
        TableArea damageArea;
        cellData = mCellMap->AppendCell(*mTableCellMap, nullptr, rgRowIndex,
                                        false, 0, damageArea);
        if (!cellData) ABORT1(false);
      }
      if (cellData && (cellData->IsOrig() || cellData->IsDead())) {
        break;
      }
    }
    mIsNewRow = true;
    mAtEnd    = false;
  }
  else ABORT1(false);

  return !mAtEnd;
}

bool
BCMapCellIterator::SetNewRowGroup(bool aFindFirstDamagedRow)
{
  mAtEnd = true;
  int32_t numRowGroups = mRowGroups.Length();
  mCellMap = nullptr;
  for (mRowGroupIndex++; mRowGroupIndex < numRowGroups; mRowGroupIndex++) {
    mRowGroup = mRowGroups[mRowGroupIndex];
    int32_t rowCount = mRowGroup->GetRowCount();
    mRowGroupStart = mRowGroup->GetStartRowIndex();
    mRowGroupEnd   = mRowGroupStart + rowCount - 1;
    if (rowCount > 0) {
      mCellMap = mTableCellMap->GetMapFor(mRowGroup, mCellMap);
      if (!mCellMap) ABORT1(false);
      nsTableRowFrame* firstRow = mRowGroup->GetFirstRow();
      if (aFindFirstDamagedRow) {
        if ((mAreaStart.y >= mRowGroupStart) && (mAreaStart.y <= mRowGroupEnd)) {
          // the damage area starts in the row group
          if (aFindFirstDamagedRow) {
            // find the correct first damaged row
            int32_t numRows = mAreaStart.y - mRowGroupStart;
            for (int32_t i = 0; i < numRows; i++) {
              firstRow = firstRow->GetNextRow();
              if (!firstRow) ABORT1(false);
            }
          }
        }
        else {
          continue;
        }
      }
      if (SetNewRow(firstRow)) { // sets mAtEnd
        break;
      }
    }
  }

  return !mAtEnd;
}

void
BCMapCellIterator::First(BCMapCellInfo& aMapInfo)
{
  aMapInfo.ResetCellInfo();

  SetNewRowGroup(true); // sets mAtEnd
  while (!mAtEnd) {
    if ((mAreaStart.y >= mRowGroupStart) && (mAreaStart.y <= mRowGroupEnd)) {
      BCCellData* cellData =
        static_cast<BCCellData*>(mCellMap->GetDataAt(mAreaStart.y -
                                                     mRowGroupStart,
                                                     mAreaStart.x));
      if (cellData && (cellData->IsOrig() || cellData->IsDead())) {
        aMapInfo.SetInfo(mRow, mAreaStart.x, cellData, this);
        return;
      }
      else {
        NS_ASSERTION(((0 == mAreaStart.x) && (mRowGroupStart == mAreaStart.y)) ,
                     "damage area expanded incorrectly");
      }
    }
    SetNewRowGroup(true); // sets mAtEnd
  }
}

void
BCMapCellIterator::Next(BCMapCellInfo& aMapInfo)
{
  if (mAtEnd) ABORT0();
  aMapInfo.ResetCellInfo();

  mIsNewRow = false;
  mColIndex++;
  while ((mRowIndex <= mAreaEnd.y) && !mAtEnd) {
    for (; mColIndex <= mAreaEnd.x; mColIndex++) {
      int32_t rgRowIndex = mRowIndex - mRowGroupStart;
      BCCellData* cellData =
         static_cast<BCCellData*>(mCellMap->GetDataAt(rgRowIndex, mColIndex));
      if (!cellData) { // add a dead cell data
        TableArea damageArea;
        cellData =
          static_cast<BCCellData*>(mCellMap->AppendCell(*mTableCellMap, nullptr,
                                                        rgRowIndex, false, 0,
                                                        damageArea));
        if (!cellData) ABORT0();
      }
      if (cellData && (cellData->IsOrig() || cellData->IsDead())) {
        aMapInfo.SetInfo(mRow, mColIndex, cellData, this);
        return;
      }
    }
    if (mRowIndex >= mRowGroupEnd) {
      SetNewRowGroup(false); // could set mAtEnd
    }
    else {
      SetNewRow(); // could set mAtEnd
    }
  }
  mAtEnd = true;
}

void
BCMapCellIterator::PeekIEnd(BCMapCellInfo& aRefInfo,
                            uint32_t       aRowIndex,
                            BCMapCellInfo& aAjaInfo)
{
  aAjaInfo.ResetCellInfo();
  int32_t colIndex = aRefInfo.mColIndex + aRefInfo.mColSpan;
  uint32_t rgRowIndex = aRowIndex - mRowGroupStart;

  BCCellData* cellData =
    static_cast<BCCellData*>(mCellMap->GetDataAt(rgRowIndex, colIndex));
  if (!cellData) { // add a dead cell data
    NS_ASSERTION(colIndex < mTableCellMap->GetColCount(), "program error");
    TableArea damageArea;
    cellData =
      static_cast<BCCellData*>(mCellMap->AppendCell(*mTableCellMap, nullptr,
                                                    rgRowIndex, false, 0,
                                                    damageArea));
    if (!cellData) ABORT0();
  }
  nsTableRowFrame* row = nullptr;
  if (cellData->IsRowSpan()) {
    rgRowIndex -= cellData->GetRowSpanOffset();
    cellData =
      static_cast<BCCellData*>(mCellMap->GetDataAt(rgRowIndex, colIndex));
    if (!cellData)
      ABORT0();
  }
  else {
    row = mRow;
  }
  aAjaInfo.SetInfo(row, colIndex, cellData, this);
}

void
BCMapCellIterator::PeekBEnd(BCMapCellInfo& aRefInfo,
                            uint32_t       aColIndex,
                            BCMapCellInfo& aAjaInfo)
{
  aAjaInfo.ResetCellInfo();
  int32_t rowIndex = aRefInfo.mRowIndex + aRefInfo.mRowSpan;
  int32_t rgRowIndex = rowIndex - mRowGroupStart;
  nsTableRowGroupFrame* rg = mRowGroup;
  nsCellMap* cellMap = mCellMap;
  nsTableRowFrame* nextRow = nullptr;
  if (rowIndex > mRowGroupEnd) {
    int32_t nextRgIndex = mRowGroupIndex;
    do {
      nextRgIndex++;
      rg = mRowGroups.SafeElementAt(nextRgIndex);
      if (rg) {
        cellMap = mTableCellMap->GetMapFor(rg, cellMap); if (!cellMap) ABORT0();
        rgRowIndex = 0;
        nextRow = rg->GetFirstRow();
      }
    }
    while (rg && !nextRow);
    if(!rg) return;
  }
  else {
    // get the row within the same row group
    nextRow = mRow;
    for (int32_t i = 0; i < aRefInfo.mRowSpan; i++) {
      nextRow = nextRow->GetNextRow(); if (!nextRow) ABORT0();
    }
  }

  BCCellData* cellData =
    static_cast<BCCellData*>(cellMap->GetDataAt(rgRowIndex, aColIndex));
  if (!cellData) { // add a dead cell data
    NS_ASSERTION(rgRowIndex < cellMap->GetRowCount(), "program error");
    TableArea damageArea;
    cellData =
      static_cast<BCCellData*>(cellMap->AppendCell(*mTableCellMap, nullptr,
                                                   rgRowIndex, false, 0,
                                                   damageArea));
    if (!cellData) ABORT0();
  }
  if (cellData->IsColSpan()) {
    aColIndex -= cellData->GetColSpanOffset();
    cellData =
      static_cast<BCCellData*>(cellMap->GetDataAt(rgRowIndex, aColIndex));
  }
  aAjaInfo.SetInfo(nextRow, aColIndex, cellData, this, cellMap);
}

// Assign priorities to border styles. For example, styleToPriority(NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_SOLID)
// will return the priority of NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_SOLID.
static uint8_t styleToPriority[13] = { 0,  // NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE
                                       2,  // NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_GROOVE
                                       4,  // NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_RIDGE
                                       5,  // NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DOTTED
                                       6,  // NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DASHED
                                       7,  // NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_SOLID
                                       8,  // NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DOUBLE
                                       1,  // NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_INSET
                                       3,  // NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_OUTSET
                                       9 };// NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_HIDDEN
// priority rules follow CSS 2.1 spec
// 'hidden', 'double', 'solid', 'dashed', 'dotted', 'ridge', 'outset', 'groove',
// and the lowest: 'inset'. none is even weaker
#define CELL_CORNER true

/** return the border style, border color and optionally the width in
  * pixel for a given frame and side
  * @param aFrame           - query the info for this frame
  * @param aTableWM         - the writing-mode of the frame
  * @param aSide            - the side of the frame
  * @param aStyle           - the border style
  * @param aColor           - the border color
  * @param aWidth           - the border width in px
  */
static void
GetColorAndStyle(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
                 WritingMode aTableWM,
                 LogicalSide aSide,
                 uint8_t* aStyle,
                 nscolor* aColor,
                 BCPixelSize* aWidth = nullptr)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aFrame, "null frame");
  MOZ_ASSERT(aStyle && aColor, "null argument");

  // initialize out arg
  *aColor = 0;
  if (aWidth) {
    *aWidth = 0;
  }

  const nsStyleBorder* styleData = aFrame->StyleBorder();
  mozilla::Side physicalSide = aTableWM.PhysicalSide(aSide);
  *aStyle = styleData->GetBorderStyle(physicalSide);

  if ((NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE == *aStyle) ||
      (NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_HIDDEN == *aStyle)) {
    return;
  }
  *aColor = aFrame->Style()->
    GetVisitedDependentColor(nsStyleBorder::BorderColorFieldFor(physicalSide));

  if (aWidth) {
    nscoord width = styleData->GetComputedBorderWidth(physicalSide);
    *aWidth = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsToDevPixels(width);
  }
}

/** coerce the paint style as required by CSS2.1
  * @param aFrame           - query the info for this frame
  * @param aTableWM         - the writing mode of the frame
  * @param aSide            - the side of the frame
  * @param aStyle           - the border style
  * @param aColor           - the border color
  */
static void
GetPaintStyleInfo(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
                  WritingMode aTableWM,
                  LogicalSide aSide,
                  uint8_t* aStyle,
                  nscolor* aColor)
{
  GetColorAndStyle(aFrame, aTableWM, aSide, aStyle, aColor);
  if (NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_INSET == *aStyle) {
    *aStyle = NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_RIDGE;
  } else if (NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_OUTSET == *aStyle) {
    *aStyle = NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_GROOVE;
  }
}

class nsDelayedCalcBCBorders : public Runnable {
public:
  explicit nsDelayedCalcBCBorders(nsIFrame* aFrame)
    : mozilla::Runnable("nsDelayedCalcBCBorders")
    , mFrame(aFrame)
  {
  }

  NS_IMETHOD Run() override {
    if (mFrame) {
      nsTableFrame* tableFrame = static_cast <nsTableFrame*>(mFrame.GetFrame());
      if (tableFrame->NeedToCalcBCBorders()) {
        tableFrame->CalcBCBorders();
      }
    }
    return NS_OK;
  }
private:
  WeakFrame mFrame;
};

bool
nsTableFrame::BCRecalcNeeded(ComputedStyle* aOldComputedStyle,
                             ComputedStyle* aNewComputedStyle)
{
  // Attention: the old ComputedStyle is the one we're forgetting,
  // and hence possibly completely bogus for GetStyle* purposes.
  // We use PeekStyleData instead.

  const nsStyleBorder* oldStyleData = aOldComputedStyle->PeekStyleBorder();
  if (!oldStyleData)
    return false;

  const nsStyleBorder* newStyleData = aNewComputedStyle->StyleBorder();
  nsChangeHint change = newStyleData->CalcDifference(*oldStyleData);
  if (!change)
    return false;
  if (change & nsChangeHint_NeedReflow)
    return true; // the caller only needs to mark the bc damage area
  if (change & nsChangeHint_RepaintFrame) {
    // we need to recompute the borders and the caller needs to mark
    // the bc damage area
    // XXX In principle this should only be necessary for border style changes
    // However the bc painting code tries to maximize the drawn border segments
    // so it stores in the cellmap where a new border segment starts and this
    // introduces a unwanted cellmap data dependence on color
    nsCOMPtr<nsIRunnable> evt = new nsDelayedCalcBCBorders(this);
    nsresult rv =
      GetContent()->OwnerDoc()->Dispatch(TaskCategory::Other, evt.forget());
    return NS_SUCCEEDED(rv);
  }
  return false;
}


// Compare two border segments, this comparison depends whether the two
// segments meet at a corner and whether the second segment is inline-dir.
// The return value is whichever of aBorder1 or aBorder2 dominates.
static const BCCellBorder&
CompareBorders(bool                aIsCorner, // Pass true for corner calculations
               const BCCellBorder& aBorder1,
               const BCCellBorder& aBorder2,
               bool                aSecondIsInlineDir,
               bool*               aFirstDominates = nullptr)
{
  bool firstDominates = true;

  if (NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_HIDDEN == aBorder1.style) {
    firstDominates = (aIsCorner) ? false : true;
  }
  else if (NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_HIDDEN == aBorder2.style) {
    firstDominates = (aIsCorner) ? true : false;
  }
  else if (aBorder1.width < aBorder2.width) {
    firstDominates = false;
  }
  else if (aBorder1.width == aBorder2.width) {
    if (styleToPriority[aBorder1.style] < styleToPriority[aBorder2.style]) {
      firstDominates = false;
    }
    else if (styleToPriority[aBorder1.style] == styleToPriority[aBorder2.style]) {
      if (aBorder1.owner == aBorder2.owner) {
        firstDominates = !aSecondIsInlineDir;
      }
      else if (aBorder1.owner < aBorder2.owner) {
        firstDominates = false;
      }
    }
  }

  if (aFirstDominates)
    *aFirstDominates = firstDominates;

  if (firstDominates)
    return aBorder1;
  return aBorder2;
}

/** calc the dominant border by considering the table, row/col group, row/col,
  * cell.
  * Depending on whether the side is block-dir or inline-dir and whether
  * adjacent frames are taken into account the ownership of a single border
  * segment is defined. The return value is the dominating border
  * The cellmap stores only bstart and istart borders for each cellmap position.
  * If the cell border is owned by the cell that is istart-wards of the border
  * it will be an adjacent owner aka eAjaCellOwner. See celldata.h for the other
  * scenarios with a adjacent owner.
  * @param xxxFrame         - the frame for style information, might be zero if
  *                           it should not be considered
  * @param aTableWM         - the writing mode of the frame
  * @param aSide            - side of the frames that should be considered
  * @param aAja             - the border comparison takes place from the point of
  *                           a frame that is adjacent to the cellmap entry, for
  *                           when a cell owns its lower border it will be the
  *                           adjacent owner as in the cellmap only bstart and
  *                           istart borders are stored.
  */
static BCCellBorder
CompareBorders(const nsIFrame*  aTableFrame,
               const nsIFrame*  aColGroupFrame,
               const nsIFrame*  aColFrame,
               const nsIFrame*  aRowGroupFrame,
               const nsIFrame*  aRowFrame,
               const nsIFrame*  aCellFrame,
               WritingMode      aTableWM,
               LogicalSide      aSide,
               bool             aAja)
{
  BCCellBorder border, tempBorder;
  bool inlineAxis = IsBlock(aSide);

  // start with the table as dominant if present
  if (aTableFrame) {
    GetColorAndStyle(aTableFrame, aTableWM, aSide,
                     &border.style, &border.color, &border.width);
    border.owner = eTableOwner;
    if (NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_HIDDEN == border.style) {
      return border;
    }
  }
  // see if the colgroup is dominant
  if (aColGroupFrame) {
    GetColorAndStyle(aColGroupFrame, aTableWM, aSide,
                     &tempBorder.style, &tempBorder.color, &tempBorder.width);
    tempBorder.owner = aAja && !inlineAxis ? eAjaColGroupOwner : eColGroupOwner;
    // pass here and below false for aSecondIsInlineDir as it is only used for corner calculations.
    border = CompareBorders(!CELL_CORNER, border, tempBorder, false);
    if (NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_HIDDEN == border.style) {
      return border;
    }
  }
  // see if the col is dominant
  if (aColFrame) {
    GetColorAndStyle(aColFrame, aTableWM, aSide,
                     &tempBorder.style, &tempBorder.color, &tempBorder.width);
    tempBorder.owner = aAja && !inlineAxis ? eAjaColOwner : eColOwner;
    border = CompareBorders(!CELL_CORNER, border, tempBorder, false);
    if (NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_HIDDEN == border.style) {
      return border;
    }
  }
  // see if the rowgroup is dominant
  if (aRowGroupFrame) {
    GetColorAndStyle(aRowGroupFrame, aTableWM, aSide,
                     &tempBorder.style, &tempBorder.color, &tempBorder.width);
    tempBorder.owner = aAja && inlineAxis ? eAjaRowGroupOwner : eRowGroupOwner;
    border = CompareBorders(!CELL_CORNER, border, tempBorder, false);
    if (NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_HIDDEN == border.style) {
      return border;
    }
  }
  // see if the row is dominant
  if (aRowFrame) {
    GetColorAndStyle(aRowFrame, aTableWM, aSide,
                     &tempBorder.style, &tempBorder.color, &tempBorder.width);
    tempBorder.owner = aAja && inlineAxis ? eAjaRowOwner : eRowOwner;
    border = CompareBorders(!CELL_CORNER, border, tempBorder, false);
    if (NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_HIDDEN == border.style) {
      return border;
    }
  }
  // see if the cell is dominant
  if (aCellFrame) {
    GetColorAndStyle(aCellFrame, aTableWM, aSide,
                     &tempBorder.style, &tempBorder.color, &tempBorder.width);
    tempBorder.owner = aAja ? eAjaCellOwner : eCellOwner;
    border = CompareBorders(!CELL_CORNER, border, tempBorder, false);
  }
  return border;
}

static bool
Perpendicular(mozilla::LogicalSide aSide1,
              mozilla::LogicalSide aSide2)
{
  return IsInline(aSide1) != IsInline(aSide2);
}

// XXX allocate this as number-of-cols+1 instead of number-of-cols+1 * number-of-rows+1
struct BCCornerInfo
{
  BCCornerInfo() { ownerColor = 0; ownerWidth = subWidth = ownerElem = subSide =
                   subElem = hasDashDot = numSegs = bevel = 0; ownerSide = eLogicalSideBStart;
                   ownerStyle = 0xFF; subStyle = NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_SOLID;  }
  void Set(mozilla::LogicalSide aSide,
           BCCellBorder  border);

  void Update(mozilla::LogicalSide aSide,
              BCCellBorder  border);

  nscolor   ownerColor;     // color of borderOwner
  uint16_t  ownerWidth;     // pixel width of borderOwner
  uint16_t  subWidth;       // pixel width of the largest border intersecting the border perpendicular
                            // to ownerSide
  uint32_t  ownerSide:2;    // LogicalSide (e.g eLogicalSideBStart, etc) of the border
                            // owning the corner relative to the corner
  uint32_t  ownerElem:3;    // elem type (e.g. eTable, eGroup, etc) owning the corner
  uint32_t  ownerStyle:8;   // border style of ownerElem
  uint32_t  subSide:2;      // side of border with subWidth relative to the corner
  uint32_t  subElem:3;      // elem type (e.g. eTable, eGroup, etc) of sub owner
  uint32_t  subStyle:8;     // border style of subElem
  uint32_t  hasDashDot:1;   // does a dashed, dotted segment enter the corner, they cannot be beveled
  uint32_t  numSegs:3;      // number of segments entering corner
  uint32_t  bevel:1;        // is the corner beveled (uses the above two fields together with subWidth)
  // one bit is unused
};

void
BCCornerInfo::Set(mozilla::LogicalSide aSide,
                  BCCellBorder  aBorder)
{
  ownerElem  = aBorder.owner;
  ownerStyle = aBorder.style;
  ownerWidth = aBorder.width;
  ownerColor = aBorder.color;
  ownerSide  = aSide;
  hasDashDot = 0;
  numSegs    = 0;
  if (aBorder.width > 0) {
    numSegs++;
    hasDashDot = (NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DASHED == aBorder.style) ||
                 (NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DOTTED == aBorder.style);
  }
  bevel      = 0;
  subWidth   = 0;
  // the following will get set later
  subSide    = IsInline(aSide) ? eLogicalSideBStart : eLogicalSideIStart;
  subElem    = eTableOwner;
  subStyle   = NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_SOLID;
}

void
BCCornerInfo::Update(mozilla::LogicalSide aSide,
                     BCCellBorder  aBorder)
{
  bool existingWins = false;
  if (0xFF == ownerStyle) { // initial value indiating that it hasn't been set yet
    Set(aSide, aBorder);
  }
  else {
    bool isInline = IsInline(aSide); // relative to the corner
    BCCellBorder oldBorder, tempBorder;
    oldBorder.owner  = (BCBorderOwner) ownerElem;
    oldBorder.style =  ownerStyle;
    oldBorder.width =  ownerWidth;
    oldBorder.color =  ownerColor;

    LogicalSide oldSide  = LogicalSide(ownerSide);

    tempBorder = CompareBorders(CELL_CORNER, oldBorder, aBorder, isInline, &existingWins);

    ownerElem  = tempBorder.owner;
    ownerStyle = tempBorder.style;
    ownerWidth = tempBorder.width;
    ownerColor = tempBorder.color;
    if (existingWins) { // existing corner is dominant
      if (::Perpendicular(LogicalSide(ownerSide), aSide)) {
        // see if the new sub info replaces the old
        BCCellBorder subBorder;
        subBorder.owner = (BCBorderOwner) subElem;
        subBorder.style =  subStyle;
        subBorder.width =  subWidth;
        subBorder.color = 0; // we are not interested in subBorder color
        bool firstWins;

        tempBorder = CompareBorders(CELL_CORNER, subBorder, aBorder, isInline, &firstWins);

        subElem  = tempBorder.owner;
        subStyle = tempBorder.style;
        subWidth = tempBorder.width;
        if (!firstWins) {
          subSide = aSide;
        }
      }
    }
    else { // input args are dominant
      ownerSide = aSide;
      if (::Perpendicular(oldSide, LogicalSide(ownerSide))) {
        subElem  = oldBorder.owner;
        subStyle = oldBorder.style;
        subWidth = oldBorder.width;
        subSide  = oldSide;
      }
    }
    if (aBorder.width > 0) {
      numSegs++;
      if (!hasDashDot && ((NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DASHED == aBorder.style) ||
                          (NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DOTTED == aBorder.style))) {
        hasDashDot = 1;
      }
    }

    // bevel the corner if only two perpendicular non dashed/dotted segments enter the corner
    bevel = (2 == numSegs) && (subWidth > 1) && (0 == hasDashDot);
  }
}

struct BCCorners
{
  BCCorners(int32_t aNumCorners,
            int32_t aStartIndex);

  ~BCCorners() { delete [] corners; }

  BCCornerInfo& operator [](int32_t i) const
  { NS_ASSERTION((i >= startIndex) && (i <= endIndex), "program error");
    return corners[clamped(i, startIndex, endIndex) - startIndex]; }

  int32_t       startIndex;
  int32_t       endIndex;
  BCCornerInfo* corners;
};

BCCorners::BCCorners(int32_t aNumCorners,
                     int32_t aStartIndex)
{
  NS_ASSERTION((aNumCorners > 0) && (aStartIndex >= 0), "program error");
  startIndex = aStartIndex;
  endIndex   = aStartIndex + aNumCorners - 1;
  corners    = new BCCornerInfo[aNumCorners];
}


struct BCCellBorders
{
  BCCellBorders(int32_t aNumBorders,
                int32_t aStartIndex);

  ~BCCellBorders() { delete [] borders; }

  BCCellBorder& operator [](int32_t i) const
  { NS_ASSERTION((i >= startIndex) && (i <= endIndex), "program error");
    return borders[clamped(i, startIndex, endIndex) - startIndex]; }

  int32_t       startIndex;
  int32_t       endIndex;
  BCCellBorder* borders;
};

BCCellBorders::BCCellBorders(int32_t aNumBorders,
                             int32_t aStartIndex)
{
  NS_ASSERTION((aNumBorders > 0) && (aStartIndex >= 0), "program error");
  startIndex = aStartIndex;
  endIndex   = aStartIndex + aNumBorders - 1;
  borders    = new BCCellBorder[aNumBorders];
}

// this function sets the new border properties and returns true if the border
// segment will start a new segment and not be accumulated into the previous
// segment.
static bool
SetBorder(const BCCellBorder&   aNewBorder,
          BCCellBorder&         aBorder)
{
  bool changed = (aNewBorder.style != aBorder.style) ||
                   (aNewBorder.width != aBorder.width) ||
                   (aNewBorder.color != aBorder.color);
  aBorder.color        = aNewBorder.color;
  aBorder.width        = aNewBorder.width;
  aBorder.style        = aNewBorder.style;
  aBorder.owner        = aNewBorder.owner;

  return changed;
}

// this function will set the inline-dir border. It will return true if the
// existing segment will not be continued. Having a block-dir owner of a corner
// should also start a new segment.
static bool
SetInlineDirBorder(const BCCellBorder& aNewBorder,
                   const BCCornerInfo& aCorner,
                   BCCellBorder&       aBorder)
{
  bool startSeg = ::SetBorder(aNewBorder, aBorder);
  if (!startSeg) {
    startSeg = !IsInline(LogicalSide(aCorner.ownerSide));
  }
  return startSeg;
}

// Make the damage area larger on the top and bottom by at least one row and on the left and right
// at least one column. This is done so that adjacent elements are part of the border calculations.
// The extra segments and borders outside the actual damage area will not be updated in the cell map,
// because they in turn would need info from adjacent segments outside the damage area to be accurate.
void
nsTableFrame::ExpandBCDamageArea(TableArea& aArea) const
{
  int32_t numRows = GetRowCount();
  int32_t numCols = GetColCount();

  int32_t dStartX = aArea.StartCol();
  int32_t dEndX   = aArea.EndCol() - 1;
  int32_t dStartY = aArea.StartRow();
  int32_t dEndY   = aArea.EndRow() - 1;

  // expand the damage area in each direction
  if (dStartX > 0) {
    dStartX--;
  }
  if (dEndX < (numCols - 1)) {
    dEndX++;
  }
  if (dStartY > 0) {
    dStartY--;
  }
  if (dEndY < (numRows - 1)) {
    dEndY++;
  }
  // Check the damage area so that there are no cells spanning in or out. If there are any then
  // make the damage area as big as the table, similarly to the way the cell map decides whether
  // to rebuild versus expand. This could be optimized to expand to the smallest area that contains
  // no spanners, but it may not be worth the effort in general, and it would need to be done in the
  // cell map as well.
  bool haveSpanner = false;
  if ((dStartX > 0) || (dEndX < (numCols - 1)) || (dStartY > 0) || (dEndY < (numRows - 1))) {
    nsTableCellMap* tableCellMap = GetCellMap(); if (!tableCellMap) ABORT0();
    // Get the ordered row groups
    RowGroupArray rowGroups;
    OrderRowGroups(rowGroups);

    // Scope outside loop to be used as hint.
    nsCellMap* cellMap = nullptr;
    for (uint32_t rgIdx = 0; rgIdx < rowGroups.Length(); rgIdx++) {
      nsTableRowGroupFrame* rgFrame = rowGroups[rgIdx];
      int32_t rgStartY = rgFrame->GetStartRowIndex();
      int32_t rgEndY   = rgStartY + rgFrame->GetRowCount() - 1;
      if (dEndY < rgStartY)
        break;
      cellMap = tableCellMap->GetMapFor(rgFrame, cellMap);
      if (!cellMap) ABORT0();
      // check for spanners from above and below
      if ((dStartY > 0) && (dStartY >= rgStartY) && (dStartY <= rgEndY)) {
        if (uint32_t(dStartY - rgStartY) >= cellMap->mRows.Length())
          ABORT0();
        const nsCellMap::CellDataArray& row =
          cellMap->mRows[dStartY - rgStartY];
        for (int32_t x = dStartX; x <= dEndX; x++) {
          CellData* cellData = row.SafeElementAt(x);
          if (cellData && (cellData->IsRowSpan())) {
             haveSpanner = true;
             break;
          }
        }
        if (dEndY < rgEndY) {
          if (uint32_t(dEndY + 1 - rgStartY) >= cellMap->mRows.Length())
            ABORT0();
          const nsCellMap::CellDataArray& row2 =
            cellMap->mRows[dEndY + 1 - rgStartY];
          for (int32_t x = dStartX; x <= dEndX; x++) {
            CellData* cellData = row2.SafeElementAt(x);
            if (cellData && (cellData->IsRowSpan())) {
              haveSpanner = true;
              break;
            }
          }
        }
      }
      // check for spanners on the left and right
      int32_t iterStartY = -1;
      int32_t iterEndY   = -1;
      if ((dStartY >= rgStartY) && (dStartY <= rgEndY)) {
        // the damage area starts in the row group
        iterStartY = dStartY;
        iterEndY   = std::min(dEndY, rgEndY);
      }
      else if ((dEndY >= rgStartY) && (dEndY <= rgEndY)) {
        // the damage area ends in the row group
        iterStartY = rgStartY;
        iterEndY   = dEndY;
      }
      else if ((rgStartY >= dStartY) && (rgEndY <= dEndY)) {
        // the damage area contains the row group
        iterStartY = rgStartY;
        iterEndY   = rgEndY;
      }
      if ((iterStartY >= 0) && (iterEndY >= 0)) {
        for (int32_t y = iterStartY; y <= iterEndY; y++) {
          if (uint32_t(y - rgStartY) >= cellMap->mRows.Length())
            ABORT0();
          const nsCellMap::CellDataArray& row =
            cellMap->mRows[y - rgStartY];
          CellData* cellData = row.SafeElementAt(dStartX);
          if (cellData && (cellData->IsColSpan())) {
            haveSpanner = true;
            break;
          }
          if (dEndX < (numCols - 1)) {
            cellData = row.SafeElementAt(dEndX + 1);
            if (cellData && (cellData->IsColSpan())) {
              haveSpanner = true;
              break;
            }
          }
        }
      }
    }
  }
  if (haveSpanner) {
    // make the damage area the whole table
    aArea.StartCol() = 0;
    aArea.StartRow() = 0;
    aArea.ColCount() = numCols;
    aArea.RowCount() = numRows;
  }
  else {
    aArea.StartCol() = dStartX;
    aArea.StartRow() = dStartY;
    aArea.ColCount() = 1 + dEndX - dStartX;
    aArea.RowCount() = 1 + dEndY - dStartY;
  }
}


#define ADJACENT    true
#define INLINE_DIR  true

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetTableBStartIStartContBCBorder()
{
  BCCellBorder currentBorder;
  //calculate continuous top first row & rowgroup border: special case
  //because it must include the table in the collapse
  if (mStartRow) {
    currentBorder = CompareBorders(mTableFrame, nullptr, nullptr, mRowGroup,
                                   mStartRow, nullptr, mTableWM,
                                   eLogicalSideBStart, !ADJACENT);
    mStartRow->SetContinuousBCBorderWidth(eLogicalSideBStart,
                                          currentBorder.width);
  }
  if (mCgAtEnd && mColGroup) {
    //calculate continuous top colgroup border once per colgroup
    currentBorder = CompareBorders(mTableFrame, mColGroup, nullptr, mRowGroup,
                                   mStartRow, nullptr, mTableWM,
                                   eLogicalSideBStart, !ADJACENT);
    mColGroup->SetContinuousBCBorderWidth(eLogicalSideBStart,
                                          currentBorder.width);
  }
  if (0 == mColIndex) {
    currentBorder = CompareBorders(mTableFrame, mColGroup, mStartCol, nullptr,
                                   nullptr, nullptr, mTableWM,
                                   eLogicalSideIStart, !ADJACENT);
    mTableFrame->SetContinuousIStartBCBorderWidth(currentBorder.width);
  }
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetRowGroupIStartContBCBorder()
{
  BCCellBorder currentBorder;
  //get row group continuous borders
  if (mRgAtEnd && mRowGroup) { //once per row group, so check for bottom
     currentBorder = CompareBorders(mTableFrame, mColGroup, mStartCol,
                                    mRowGroup, nullptr, nullptr, mTableWM,
                                    eLogicalSideIStart, !ADJACENT);
     mRowGroup->SetContinuousBCBorderWidth(eLogicalSideIStart,
                                           currentBorder.width);
  }
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetRowGroupIEndContBCBorder()
{
  BCCellBorder currentBorder;
  //get row group continuous borders
  if (mRgAtEnd && mRowGroup) { //once per mRowGroup, so check for bottom
    currentBorder = CompareBorders(mTableFrame, mColGroup, mEndCol, mRowGroup,
                                   nullptr, nullptr, mTableWM, eLogicalSideIEnd,
                                   ADJACENT);
    mRowGroup->SetContinuousBCBorderWidth(eLogicalSideIEnd,
                                          currentBorder.width);
  }
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetColumnBStartIEndContBCBorder()
{
  BCCellBorder currentBorder;
  //calculate column continuous borders
  //we only need to do this once, so we'll do it only on the first row
  currentBorder = CompareBorders(mTableFrame, mCurrentColGroupFrame,
                                 mCurrentColFrame, mRowGroup, mStartRow,
                                 nullptr, mTableWM, eLogicalSideBStart,
                                 !ADJACENT);
  mCurrentColFrame->SetContinuousBCBorderWidth(eLogicalSideBStart,
                                               currentBorder.width);
  if (mNumTableCols == GetCellEndColIndex() + 1) {
    currentBorder = CompareBorders(mTableFrame, mCurrentColGroupFrame,
                                   mCurrentColFrame, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr,
                                   mTableWM, eLogicalSideIEnd, !ADJACENT);
  }
  else {
    currentBorder = CompareBorders(nullptr, mCurrentColGroupFrame,
                                   mCurrentColFrame, nullptr,nullptr, nullptr,
                                   mTableWM, eLogicalSideIEnd, !ADJACENT);
  }
  mCurrentColFrame->SetContinuousBCBorderWidth(eLogicalSideIEnd,
                                               currentBorder.width);
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetColumnBEndContBCBorder()
{
  BCCellBorder currentBorder;
  //get col continuous border
  currentBorder = CompareBorders(mTableFrame, mCurrentColGroupFrame,
                                 mCurrentColFrame, mRowGroup, mEndRow,
                                 nullptr, mTableWM, eLogicalSideBEnd, ADJACENT);
  mCurrentColFrame->SetContinuousBCBorderWidth(eLogicalSideBEnd,
                                               currentBorder.width);
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetColGroupBEndContBCBorder()
{
  BCCellBorder currentBorder;
  if (mColGroup) {
    currentBorder = CompareBorders(mTableFrame, mColGroup, nullptr, mRowGroup,
                                   mEndRow, nullptr, mTableWM,
                                   eLogicalSideBEnd, ADJACENT);
    mColGroup->SetContinuousBCBorderWidth(eLogicalSideBEnd, currentBorder.width);
  }
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetRowGroupBEndContBCBorder()
{
  BCCellBorder currentBorder;
  if (mRowGroup) {
    currentBorder = CompareBorders(mTableFrame, nullptr, nullptr, mRowGroup,
                                   mEndRow, nullptr, mTableWM,
                                   eLogicalSideBEnd, ADJACENT);
    mRowGroup->SetContinuousBCBorderWidth(eLogicalSideBEnd, currentBorder.width);
  }
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetInnerRowGroupBEndContBCBorder(const nsIFrame* aNextRowGroup,
                                                nsTableRowFrame* aNextRow)
{
  BCCellBorder currentBorder, adjacentBorder;

  const nsIFrame* rowgroup = mRgAtEnd ? mRowGroup : nullptr;
  currentBorder = CompareBorders(nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, rowgroup, mEndRow,
                                 nullptr, mTableWM, eLogicalSideBEnd, ADJACENT);

  adjacentBorder = CompareBorders(nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, aNextRowGroup,
                                  aNextRow, nullptr, mTableWM, eLogicalSideBStart,
                                  !ADJACENT);
  currentBorder = CompareBorders(false, currentBorder, adjacentBorder,
                                 INLINE_DIR);
  if (aNextRow) {
    aNextRow->SetContinuousBCBorderWidth(eLogicalSideBStart,
                                         currentBorder.width);
  }
  if (mRgAtEnd && mRowGroup) {
    mRowGroup->SetContinuousBCBorderWidth(eLogicalSideBEnd, currentBorder.width);
  }
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetRowIStartContBCBorder()
{
  //get row continuous borders
  if (mCurrentRowFrame) {
    BCCellBorder currentBorder;
    currentBorder = CompareBorders(mTableFrame, mColGroup, mStartCol,
                                   mRowGroup, mCurrentRowFrame, nullptr,
                                   mTableWM, eLogicalSideIStart, !ADJACENT);
    mCurrentRowFrame->SetContinuousBCBorderWidth(eLogicalSideIStart,
                                                 currentBorder.width);
  }
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetRowIEndContBCBorder()
{
  if (mCurrentRowFrame) {
    BCCellBorder currentBorder;
    currentBorder = CompareBorders(mTableFrame, mColGroup, mEndCol, mRowGroup,
                                   mCurrentRowFrame, nullptr, mTableWM,
                                   eLogicalSideIEnd, ADJACENT);
    mCurrentRowFrame->SetContinuousBCBorderWidth(eLogicalSideIEnd,
                                                 currentBorder.width);
  }
}
void
BCMapCellInfo::SetTableBStartBorderWidth(BCPixelSize aWidth)
{
  mTableBCData->mBStartBorderWidth = std::max(mTableBCData->mBStartBorderWidth,
                                              aWidth);
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetTableIStartBorderWidth(int32_t aRowB, BCPixelSize aWidth)
{
  // update the iStart first cell border
  if (aRowB == 0) {
    mTableBCData->mIStartCellBorderWidth = aWidth;
  }
  mTableBCData->mIStartBorderWidth = std::max(mTableBCData->mIStartBorderWidth,
                                              aWidth);
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetTableIEndBorderWidth(int32_t aRowB, BCPixelSize aWidth)
{
  // update the iEnd first cell border
  if (aRowB == 0) {
    mTableBCData->mIEndCellBorderWidth = aWidth;
  }
  mTableBCData->mIEndBorderWidth = std::max(mTableBCData->mIEndBorderWidth,
                                            aWidth);
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetIEndBorderWidths(BCPixelSize aWidth)
{
   // update the borders of the cells and cols affected
  if (mCell) {
    mCell->SetBorderWidth(eLogicalSideIEnd, std::max(aWidth,
                          mCell->GetBorderWidth(eLogicalSideIEnd)));
  }
  if (mEndCol) {
    BCPixelSize half = BC_BORDER_START_HALF(aWidth);
    mEndCol->SetIEndBorderWidth(
      std::max(half, mEndCol->GetIEndBorderWidth()));
  }
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetBEndBorderWidths(BCPixelSize aWidth)
{
  // update the borders of the affected cells and rows
  if (mCell) {
    mCell->SetBorderWidth(eLogicalSideBEnd, std::max(aWidth,
                          mCell->GetBorderWidth(eLogicalSideBEnd)));
  }
  if (mEndRow) {
    BCPixelSize half = BC_BORDER_START_HALF(aWidth);
    mEndRow->SetBEndBCBorderWidth(
      std::max(half, mEndRow->GetBEndBCBorderWidth()));
  }
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetBStartBorderWidths(BCPixelSize aWidth)
{
 if (mCell) {
     mCell->SetBorderWidth(eLogicalSideBStart, std::max(aWidth,
                           mCell->GetBorderWidth(eLogicalSideBStart)));
  }
  if (mStartRow) {
    BCPixelSize half = BC_BORDER_END_HALF(aWidth);
    mStartRow->SetBStartBCBorderWidth(
      std::max(half, mStartRow->GetBStartBCBorderWidth()));
  }
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetIStartBorderWidths(BCPixelSize aWidth)
{
  if (mCell) {
    mCell->SetBorderWidth(eLogicalSideIStart, std::max(aWidth,
                          mCell->GetBorderWidth(eLogicalSideIStart)));
  }
  if (mStartCol) {
    BCPixelSize half = BC_BORDER_END_HALF(aWidth);
    mStartCol->SetIStartBorderWidth(
      std::max(half, mStartCol->GetIStartBorderWidth()));
  }
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetTableBEndBorderWidth(BCPixelSize aWidth)
{
  mTableBCData->mBEndBorderWidth = std::max(mTableBCData->mBEndBorderWidth,
                                            aWidth);
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::SetColumn(int32_t aColX)
{
  mCurrentColFrame = mTableFrame->GetColFrame(aColX);
  if (!mCurrentColFrame) {
    NS_ERROR("null mCurrentColFrame");
  }
  mCurrentColGroupFrame = static_cast<nsTableColGroupFrame*>
                            (mCurrentColFrame->GetParent());
  if (!mCurrentColGroupFrame) {
    NS_ERROR("null mCurrentColGroupFrame");
  }
}

void
BCMapCellInfo::IncrementRow(bool aResetToBStartRowOfCell)
{
  mCurrentRowFrame =
    aResetToBStartRowOfCell ? mStartRow : mCurrentRowFrame->GetNextRow();
}

BCCellBorder
BCMapCellInfo::GetBStartEdgeBorder()
{
  return CompareBorders(mTableFrame, mCurrentColGroupFrame, mCurrentColFrame,
                        mRowGroup, mStartRow, mCell, mTableWM,
                        eLogicalSideBStart, !ADJACENT);
}

BCCellBorder
BCMapCellInfo::GetBEndEdgeBorder()
{
  return CompareBorders(mTableFrame, mCurrentColGroupFrame, mCurrentColFrame,
                        mRowGroup, mEndRow, mCell, mTableWM,
                        eLogicalSideBEnd, ADJACENT);
}
BCCellBorder
BCMapCellInfo::GetIStartEdgeBorder()
{
  return CompareBorders(mTableFrame, mColGroup, mStartCol, mRowGroup,
                        mCurrentRowFrame, mCell, mTableWM, eLogicalSideIStart,
                        !ADJACENT);
}
BCCellBorder
BCMapCellInfo::GetIEndEdgeBorder()
{
  return CompareBorders(mTableFrame, mColGroup, mEndCol, mRowGroup,
                        mCurrentRowFrame, mCell, mTableWM, eLogicalSideIEnd,
                        ADJACENT);
}
BCCellBorder
BCMapCellInfo::GetIEndInternalBorder()
{
  const nsIFrame* cg = mCgAtEnd ? mColGroup : nullptr;
  return CompareBorders(nullptr, cg, mEndCol, nullptr, nullptr, mCell,
                        mTableWM, eLogicalSideIEnd, ADJACENT);
}

BCCellBorder
BCMapCellInfo::GetIStartInternalBorder()
{
  const nsIFrame* cg = mCgAtStart ? mColGroup : nullptr;
  return CompareBorders(nullptr, cg, mStartCol, nullptr, nullptr, mCell,
                        mTableWM, eLogicalSideIStart, !ADJACENT);
}

BCCellBorder
BCMapCellInfo::GetBEndInternalBorder()
{
  const nsIFrame* rg = mRgAtEnd ? mRowGroup : nullptr;
  return CompareBorders(nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, rg, mEndRow, mCell,
                        mTableWM, eLogicalSideBEnd, ADJACENT);
}

BCCellBorder
BCMapCellInfo::GetBStartInternalBorder()
{
  const nsIFrame* rg = mRgAtStart ? mRowGroup : nullptr;
  return CompareBorders(nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, rg, mStartRow, mCell,
                        mTableWM, eLogicalSideBStart, !ADJACENT);
}

/* XXX This comment is still written in physical (horizontal-tb) terms.

   Here is the order for storing border edges in the cell map as a cell is processed. There are
   n=colspan top and bottom border edges per cell and n=rowspan left and right border edges per cell.

   1) On the top edge of the table, store the top edge. Never store the top edge otherwise, since
      a bottom edge from a cell above will take care of it.
   2) On the left edge of the table, store the left edge. Never store the left edge othewise, since
      a right edge from a cell to the left will take care of it.
   3) Store the right edge (or edges if a row span)
   4) Store the bottom edge (or edges if a col span)

   Since corners are computed with only an array of BCCornerInfo indexed by the number-of-cols, corner
   calculations are somewhat complicated. Using an array with number-of-rows * number-of-col entries
   would simplify this, but at an extra in memory cost of nearly 12 bytes per cell map entry. Collapsing
   borders already have about an extra 8 byte per cell map entry overhead (this could be
   reduced to 4 bytes if we are willing to not store border widths in nsTableCellFrame), Here are the
   rules in priority order for storing cornes in the cell map as a cell is processed. top-left means the
   left endpoint of the border edge on the top of the cell. There are n=colspan top and bottom border
   edges per cell and n=rowspan left and right border edges per cell.

   1) On the top edge of the table, store the top-left corner, unless on the left edge of the table.
      Never store the top-right corner, since it will get stored as a right-top corner.
   2) On the left edge of the table, store the left-top corner. Never store the left-bottom corner,
      since it will get stored as a bottom-left corner.
   3) Store the right-top corner if (a) it is the top right corner of the table or (b) it is not on
      the top edge of the table. Never store the right-bottom corner since it will get stored as a
      bottom-right corner.
   4) Store the bottom-right corner, if it is the bottom right corner of the table. Never store it
      otherwise, since it will get stored as either a right-top corner by a cell below or
      a bottom-left corner from a cell to the right.
   5) Store the bottom-left corner, if (a) on the bottom edge of the table or (b) if the left edge hits
      the top side of a colspan in its interior. Never store the corner otherwise, since it will
      get stored as a right-top corner by a cell from below.

   XXX the BC-RTL hack - The correct fix would be a rewrite as described in bug 203686.
   In order to draw borders in rtl conditions somehow correct, the existing structure which relies
   heavily on the assumption that the next cell sibling will be on the right side, has been modified.
   We flip the border during painting and during style lookup. Look for tableIsLTR for places where
   the flipping is done.
 */



// Calc the dominant border at every cell edge and corner within the current damage area
void
nsTableFrame::CalcBCBorders()
{
  NS_ASSERTION(IsBorderCollapse(),
               "calling CalcBCBorders on separated-border table");
  nsTableCellMap* tableCellMap = GetCellMap(); if (!tableCellMap) ABORT0();
  int32_t numRows = GetRowCount();
  int32_t numCols = GetColCount();
  if (!numRows || !numCols)
    return; // nothing to do

  // Get the property holding the table damage area and border widths
  BCPropertyData* propData = GetBCProperty();
  if (!propData) ABORT0();



  // calculate an expanded damage area
  TableArea damageArea(propData->mDamageArea);
  ExpandBCDamageArea(damageArea);

  // segments that are on the table border edges need
  // to be initialized only once
  bool tableBorderReset[4];
  for (uint32_t sideX = 0; sideX < ArrayLength(tableBorderReset); sideX++) {
    tableBorderReset[sideX] = false;
  }

  // block-dir borders indexed in inline-direction (cols)
  BCCellBorders lastBlockDirBorders(damageArea.ColCount() + 1,
                                    damageArea.StartCol());
  if (!lastBlockDirBorders.borders) ABORT0();
  BCCellBorder  lastBStartBorder, lastBEndBorder;
  // inline-dir borders indexed in inline-direction (cols)
  BCCellBorders lastBEndBorders(damageArea.ColCount() + 1,
                                damageArea.StartCol());
  if (!lastBEndBorders.borders) ABORT0();
  bool startSeg;
  bool gotRowBorder = false;

  BCMapCellInfo  info(this), ajaInfo(this);

  BCCellBorder currentBorder, adjacentBorder;
  BCCorners bStartCorners(damageArea.ColCount() + 1, damageArea.StartCol());
  if (!bStartCorners.corners) ABORT0();
  BCCorners bEndCorners(damageArea.ColCount() + 1, damageArea.StartCol());
  if (!bEndCorners.corners) ABORT0();

  BCMapCellIterator iter(this, damageArea);
  for (iter.First(info); !iter.mAtEnd; iter.Next(info)) {
    // see if lastBStartBorder, lastBEndBorder need to be reset
    if (iter.IsNewRow()) {
      gotRowBorder = false;
      lastBStartBorder.Reset(info.mRowIndex, info.mRowSpan);
      lastBEndBorder.Reset(info.GetCellEndRowIndex() + 1, info.mRowSpan);
    }
    else if (info.mColIndex > damageArea.StartCol()) {
      lastBEndBorder = lastBEndBorders[info.mColIndex - 1];
      if (info.mRowIndex >
          (lastBEndBorder.rowIndex - lastBEndBorder.rowSpan)) {
        // the bStart border's iStart edge butts against the middle of a rowspan
        lastBStartBorder.Reset(info.mRowIndex, info.mRowSpan);
      }
      if (lastBEndBorder.rowIndex > (info.GetCellEndRowIndex() + 1)) {
        // the bEnd border's iStart edge butts against the middle of a rowspan
        lastBEndBorder.Reset(info.GetCellEndRowIndex() + 1, info.mRowSpan);
      }
    }

    // find the dominant border considering the cell's bStart border and the table,
    // row group, row if the border is at the bStart of the table, otherwise it was
    // processed in a previous row
    if (0 == info.mRowIndex) {
      if (!tableBorderReset[eLogicalSideBStart]) {
        propData->mBStartBorderWidth = 0;
        tableBorderReset[eLogicalSideBStart] = true;
      }
      for (int32_t colIdx = info.mColIndex;
           colIdx <= info.GetCellEndColIndex(); colIdx++) {
        info.SetColumn(colIdx);
        currentBorder = info.GetBStartEdgeBorder();
        // update/store the bStart-iStart & bStart-iEnd corners of the seg
        BCCornerInfo& tlCorner = bStartCorners[colIdx]; // bStart-iStart
        if (0 == colIdx) {
          // we are on the iEnd side of the corner
          tlCorner.Set(eLogicalSideIEnd, currentBorder);
        }
        else {
          tlCorner.Update(eLogicalSideIEnd, currentBorder);
          tableCellMap->SetBCBorderCorner(eLogicalCornerBStartIStart,
                                          *iter.mCellMap, 0, 0, colIdx,
                                          LogicalSide(tlCorner.ownerSide),
                                          tlCorner.subWidth,
                                          tlCorner.bevel);
        }
        bStartCorners[colIdx + 1].Set(eLogicalSideIStart, currentBorder); // bStart-iEnd
        // update lastBStartBorder and see if a new segment starts
        startSeg = SetInlineDirBorder(currentBorder, tlCorner, lastBStartBorder);
        // store the border segment in the cell map
        tableCellMap->SetBCBorderEdge(eLogicalSideBStart, *iter.mCellMap, 0, 0, colIdx,
                                      1, currentBorder.owner,
                                      currentBorder.width, startSeg);

        info.SetTableBStartBorderWidth(currentBorder.width);
        info.SetBStartBorderWidths(currentBorder.width);
        info.SetColumnBStartIEndContBCBorder();
      }
      info.SetTableBStartIStartContBCBorder();
    }
    else {
      // see if the bStart border needs to be the start of a segment due to a
      // block-dir border owning the corner
      if (info.mColIndex > 0) {
        BCData& data = info.mCellData->mData;
        if (!data.IsBStartStart()) {
          LogicalSide cornerSide;
          bool bevel;
          data.GetCorner(cornerSide, bevel);
          if (IsBlock(cornerSide)) {
            data.SetBStartStart(true);
          }
        }
      }
    }

    // find the dominant border considering the cell's iStart border and the
    // table, col group, col if the border is at the iStart of the table,
    // otherwise it was processed in a previous col
    if (0 == info.mColIndex) {
      if (!tableBorderReset[eLogicalSideIStart]) {
        propData->mIStartBorderWidth = 0;
        tableBorderReset[eLogicalSideIStart] = true;
      }
      info.mCurrentRowFrame = nullptr;
      for (int32_t rowB = info.mRowIndex; rowB <= info.GetCellEndRowIndex();
           rowB++) {
        info.IncrementRow(rowB == info.mRowIndex);
        currentBorder = info.GetIStartEdgeBorder();
        BCCornerInfo& tlCorner = (0 == rowB) ? bStartCorners[0] : bEndCorners[0];
        tlCorner.Update(eLogicalSideBEnd, currentBorder);
        tableCellMap->SetBCBorderCorner(eLogicalCornerBStartIStart, *iter.mCellMap,
                                        iter.mRowGroupStart, rowB, 0,
                                        LogicalSide(tlCorner.ownerSide),
                                        tlCorner.subWidth,
                                        tlCorner.bevel);
        bEndCorners[0].Set(eLogicalSideBStart, currentBorder); // bEnd-iStart

        // update lastBlockDirBorders and see if a new segment starts
        startSeg = SetBorder(currentBorder, lastBlockDirBorders[0]);
        // store the border segment in the cell map
        tableCellMap->SetBCBorderEdge(eLogicalSideIStart, *iter.mCellMap,
                                      iter.mRowGroupStart, rowB, info.mColIndex,
                                      1, currentBorder.owner,
                                      currentBorder.width, startSeg);
        info.SetTableIStartBorderWidth(rowB , currentBorder.width);
        info.SetIStartBorderWidths(currentBorder.width);
        info.SetRowIStartContBCBorder();
      }
      info.SetRowGroupIStartContBCBorder();
    }

    // find the dominant border considering the cell's iEnd border, adjacent
    // cells and the table, row group, row
    if (info.mNumTableCols == info.GetCellEndColIndex() + 1) {
      // touches iEnd edge of table
      if (!tableBorderReset[eLogicalSideIEnd]) {
        propData->mIEndBorderWidth = 0;
        tableBorderReset[eLogicalSideIEnd] = true;
      }
      info.mCurrentRowFrame = nullptr;
      for (int32_t rowB = info.mRowIndex; rowB <= info.GetCellEndRowIndex();
           rowB++) {
        info.IncrementRow(rowB == info.mRowIndex);
        currentBorder = info.GetIEndEdgeBorder();
        // update/store the bStart-iEnd & bEnd-iEnd corners
        BCCornerInfo& trCorner = (0 == rowB) ?
                                 bStartCorners[info.GetCellEndColIndex() + 1] :
                                 bEndCorners[info.GetCellEndColIndex() + 1];
        trCorner.Update(eLogicalSideBEnd, currentBorder);   // bStart-iEnd
        tableCellMap->SetBCBorderCorner(eLogicalCornerBStartIEnd, *iter.mCellMap,
                                        iter.mRowGroupStart, rowB,
                                        info.GetCellEndColIndex(),
                                        LogicalSide(trCorner.ownerSide),
                                        trCorner.subWidth,
                                        trCorner.bevel);
        BCCornerInfo& brCorner = bEndCorners[info.GetCellEndColIndex() + 1];
        brCorner.Set(eLogicalSideBStart, currentBorder); // bEnd-iEnd
        tableCellMap->SetBCBorderCorner(eLogicalCornerBEndIEnd, *iter.mCellMap,
                                        iter.mRowGroupStart, rowB,
                                        info.GetCellEndColIndex(),
                                        LogicalSide(brCorner.ownerSide),
                                        brCorner.subWidth,
                                        brCorner.bevel);
        // update lastBlockDirBorders and see if a new segment starts
        startSeg = SetBorder(currentBorder,
                             lastBlockDirBorders[info.GetCellEndColIndex() + 1]);
        // store the border segment in the cell map and update cellBorders
        tableCellMap->SetBCBorderEdge(eLogicalSideIEnd, *iter.mCellMap,
                                      iter.mRowGroupStart, rowB,
                                      info.GetCellEndColIndex(), 1,
                                      currentBorder.owner, currentBorder.width,
                                      startSeg);
        info.SetTableIEndBorderWidth(rowB, currentBorder.width);
        info.SetIEndBorderWidths(currentBorder.width);
        info.SetRowIEndContBCBorder();
      }
      info.SetRowGroupIEndContBCBorder();
    }
    else {
      int32_t segLength = 0;
      BCMapCellInfo priorAjaInfo(this);
      for (int32_t rowB = info.mRowIndex; rowB <= info.GetCellEndRowIndex();
           rowB += segLength) {
        iter.PeekIEnd(info, rowB, ajaInfo);
        currentBorder = info.GetIEndInternalBorder();
        adjacentBorder = ajaInfo.GetIStartInternalBorder();
        currentBorder = CompareBorders(!CELL_CORNER, currentBorder,
                                        adjacentBorder, !INLINE_DIR);

        segLength = std::max(1, ajaInfo.mRowIndex + ajaInfo.mRowSpan - rowB);
        segLength = std::min(segLength, info.mRowIndex + info.mRowSpan - rowB);

        // update lastBlockDirBorders and see if a new segment starts
        startSeg = SetBorder(currentBorder,
                             lastBlockDirBorders[info.GetCellEndColIndex() + 1]);
        // store the border segment in the cell map and update cellBorders
        if (info.GetCellEndColIndex() < damageArea.EndCol() &&
            rowB >= damageArea.StartRow() && rowB < damageArea.EndRow()) {
          tableCellMap->SetBCBorderEdge(eLogicalSideIEnd, *iter.mCellMap,
                                        iter.mRowGroupStart, rowB,
                                        info.GetCellEndColIndex(), segLength,
                                        currentBorder.owner,
                                        currentBorder.width, startSeg);
          info.SetIEndBorderWidths(currentBorder.width);
          ajaInfo.SetIStartBorderWidths(currentBorder.width);
        }
        // update the bStart-iEnd corner
        bool hitsSpanOnIEnd = (rowB > ajaInfo.mRowIndex) &&
                                  (rowB < ajaInfo.mRowIndex + ajaInfo.mRowSpan);
        BCCornerInfo* trCorner = ((0 == rowB) || hitsSpanOnIEnd) ?
                                 &bStartCorners[info.GetCellEndColIndex() + 1] :
                                 &bEndCorners[info.GetCellEndColIndex() + 1];
        trCorner->Update(eLogicalSideBEnd, currentBorder);
        // if this is not the first time through,
        // consider the segment to the iEnd side
        if (rowB != info.mRowIndex) {
          currentBorder = priorAjaInfo.GetBEndInternalBorder();
          adjacentBorder = ajaInfo.GetBStartInternalBorder();
          currentBorder = CompareBorders(!CELL_CORNER, currentBorder,
                                          adjacentBorder, INLINE_DIR);
          trCorner->Update(eLogicalSideIEnd, currentBorder);
        }
        // store the bStart-iEnd corner in the cell map
        if (info.GetCellEndColIndex() < damageArea.EndCol() &&
            rowB >= damageArea.StartRow()) {
          if (0 != rowB) {
            tableCellMap->SetBCBorderCorner(eLogicalCornerBStartIEnd, *iter.mCellMap,
                                            iter.mRowGroupStart, rowB,
                                            info.GetCellEndColIndex(),
                                            LogicalSide(trCorner->ownerSide),
                                            trCorner->subWidth,
                                            trCorner->bevel);
          }
          // store any corners this cell spans together with the aja cell
          for (int32_t rX = rowB + 1; rX < rowB + segLength; rX++) {
            tableCellMap->SetBCBorderCorner(eLogicalCornerBEndIEnd, *iter.mCellMap,
                                            iter.mRowGroupStart, rX,
                                            info.GetCellEndColIndex(),
                                            LogicalSide(trCorner->ownerSide),
                                            trCorner->subWidth, false);
          }
        }
        // update bEnd-iEnd corner, bStartCorners, bEndCorners
        hitsSpanOnIEnd = (rowB + segLength <
                           ajaInfo.mRowIndex + ajaInfo.mRowSpan);
        BCCornerInfo& brCorner = (hitsSpanOnIEnd) ?
                                 bStartCorners[info.GetCellEndColIndex() + 1] :
                                 bEndCorners[info.GetCellEndColIndex() + 1];
        brCorner.Set(eLogicalSideBStart, currentBorder);
        priorAjaInfo = ajaInfo;
      }
    }
    for (int32_t colIdx = info.mColIndex + 1;
         colIdx <= info.GetCellEndColIndex(); colIdx++) {
      lastBlockDirBorders[colIdx].Reset(0,1);
    }

    // find the dominant border considering the cell's bEnd border, adjacent
    // cells and the table, row group, row
    if (info.mNumTableRows == info.GetCellEndRowIndex() + 1) {
      // touches bEnd edge of table
      if (!tableBorderReset[eLogicalSideBEnd]) {
        propData->mBEndBorderWidth = 0;
        tableBorderReset[eLogicalSideBEnd] = true;
      }
      for (int32_t colIdx = info.mColIndex;
           colIdx <= info.GetCellEndColIndex(); colIdx++) {
        info.SetColumn(colIdx);
        currentBorder = info.GetBEndEdgeBorder();
        // update/store the bEnd-iStart & bEnd-IEnd corners
        BCCornerInfo& blCorner = bEndCorners[colIdx]; // bEnd-iStart
        blCorner.Update(eLogicalSideIEnd, currentBorder);
        tableCellMap->SetBCBorderCorner(eLogicalCornerBEndIStart, *iter.mCellMap,
                                        iter.mRowGroupStart,
                                        info.GetCellEndRowIndex(),
                                        colIdx,
                                        LogicalSide(blCorner.ownerSide),
                                        blCorner.subWidth, blCorner.bevel);
        BCCornerInfo& brCorner = bEndCorners[colIdx + 1]; // bEnd-iEnd
        brCorner.Update(eLogicalSideIStart, currentBorder);
        if (info.mNumTableCols == colIdx + 1) { // bEnd-IEnd corner of the table
          tableCellMap->SetBCBorderCorner(eLogicalCornerBEndIEnd, *iter.mCellMap,
                                          iter.mRowGroupStart,
                                          info.GetCellEndRowIndex(), colIdx,
                                          LogicalSide(brCorner.ownerSide),
                                          brCorner.subWidth,
                                          brCorner.bevel, true);
        }
        // update lastBEndBorder and see if a new segment starts
        startSeg = SetInlineDirBorder(currentBorder, blCorner, lastBEndBorder);
        if (!startSeg) {
           // make sure that we did not compare apples to oranges i.e. the
           // current border should be a continuation of the lastBEndBorder,
           // as it is a bEnd border
           // add 1 to the info.GetCellEndRowIndex()
           startSeg = (lastBEndBorder.rowIndex !=
                       (info.GetCellEndRowIndex() + 1));
        }
        // store the border segment in the cell map and update cellBorders
        tableCellMap->SetBCBorderEdge(eLogicalSideBEnd, *iter.mCellMap,
                                      iter.mRowGroupStart,
                                      info.GetCellEndRowIndex(),
                                      colIdx, 1, currentBorder.owner,
                                      currentBorder.width, startSeg);
        // update lastBEndBorders
        lastBEndBorder.rowIndex = info.GetCellEndRowIndex() + 1;
        lastBEndBorder.rowSpan = info.mRowSpan;
        lastBEndBorders[colIdx] = lastBEndBorder;

        info.SetBEndBorderWidths(currentBorder.width);
        info.SetTableBEndBorderWidth(currentBorder.width);
        info.SetColumnBEndContBCBorder();
      }
      info.SetRowGroupBEndContBCBorder();
      info.SetColGroupBEndContBCBorder();
    }
    else {
      int32_t segLength = 0;
      for (int32_t colIdx = info.mColIndex;
           colIdx <= info.GetCellEndColIndex(); colIdx += segLength) {
        iter.PeekBEnd(info, colIdx, ajaInfo);
        currentBorder = info.GetBEndInternalBorder();
        adjacentBorder = ajaInfo.GetBStartInternalBorder();
        currentBorder = CompareBorders(!CELL_CORNER, currentBorder,
                                        adjacentBorder, INLINE_DIR);
        segLength = std::max(1, ajaInfo.mColIndex + ajaInfo.mColSpan - colIdx);
        segLength = std::min(segLength, info.mColIndex + info.mColSpan - colIdx);

        // update, store the bEnd-iStart corner
        BCCornerInfo& blCorner = bEndCorners[colIdx]; // bEnd-iStart
        bool hitsSpanBelow = (colIdx > ajaInfo.mColIndex) &&
                               (colIdx < ajaInfo.mColIndex + ajaInfo.mColSpan);
        bool update = true;
        if (colIdx == info.mColIndex && colIdx > damageArea.StartCol()) {
          int32_t prevRowIndex = lastBEndBorders[colIdx - 1].rowIndex;
          if (prevRowIndex > info.GetCellEndRowIndex() + 1) {
            // hits a rowspan on the iEnd side
            update = false;
            // the corner was taken care of during the cell on the iStart side
          }
          else if (prevRowIndex < info.GetCellEndRowIndex() + 1) {
            // spans below the cell to the iStart side
            bStartCorners[colIdx] = blCorner;
            blCorner.Set(eLogicalSideIEnd, currentBorder);
            update = false;
          }
        }
        if (update) {
          blCorner.Update(eLogicalSideIEnd, currentBorder);
        }
        if (info.GetCellEndRowIndex() < damageArea.EndRow() &&
            colIdx >= damageArea.StartCol()) {
          if (hitsSpanBelow) {
            tableCellMap->SetBCBorderCorner(eLogicalCornerBEndIStart, *iter.mCellMap,
                                            iter.mRowGroupStart,
                                            info.GetCellEndRowIndex(), colIdx,
                                            LogicalSide(blCorner.ownerSide),
                                            blCorner.subWidth, blCorner.bevel);
          }
          // store any corners this cell spans together with the aja cell
          for (int32_t c = colIdx + 1; c < colIdx + segLength; c++) {
            BCCornerInfo& corner = bEndCorners[c];
            corner.Set(eLogicalSideIEnd, currentBorder);
            tableCellMap->SetBCBorderCorner(eLogicalCornerBEndIStart, *iter.mCellMap,
                                            iter.mRowGroupStart,
                                            info.GetCellEndRowIndex(), c,
                                            LogicalSide(corner.ownerSide),
                                            corner.subWidth,
                                            false);
          }
        }
        // update lastBEndBorders and see if a new segment starts
        startSeg = SetInlineDirBorder(currentBorder, blCorner, lastBEndBorder);
        if (!startSeg) {
           // make sure that we did not compare apples to oranges i.e. the
           // current border should be a continuation of the lastBEndBorder,
           // as it is a bEnd border
           // add 1 to the info.GetCellEndRowIndex()
           startSeg = (lastBEndBorder.rowIndex !=
                       info.GetCellEndRowIndex() + 1);
        }
        lastBEndBorder.rowIndex = info.GetCellEndRowIndex() + 1;
        lastBEndBorder.rowSpan = info.mRowSpan;
        for (int32_t c = colIdx; c < colIdx + segLength; c++) {
          lastBEndBorders[c] = lastBEndBorder;
        }

        // store the border segment the cell map and update cellBorders
        if (info.GetCellEndRowIndex() < damageArea.EndRow() &&
            colIdx >= damageArea.StartCol() && colIdx < damageArea.EndCol()) {
          tableCellMap->SetBCBorderEdge(eLogicalSideBEnd, *iter.mCellMap,
                                        iter.mRowGroupStart,
                                        info.GetCellEndRowIndex(),
                                        colIdx, segLength, currentBorder.owner,
                                        currentBorder.width, startSeg);
          info.SetBEndBorderWidths(currentBorder.width);
          ajaInfo.SetBStartBorderWidths(currentBorder.width);
        }
        // update bEnd-iEnd corner
        BCCornerInfo& brCorner = bEndCorners[colIdx + segLength];
        brCorner.Update(eLogicalSideIStart, currentBorder);
      }
      if (!gotRowBorder && 1 == info.mRowSpan &&
          (ajaInfo.mStartRow || info.mRgAtEnd)) {
        //get continuous row/row group border
        //we need to check the row group's bEnd border if this is
        //the last row in the row group, but only a cell with rowspan=1
        //will know whether *this* row is at the bEnd
        const nsIFrame* nextRowGroup =
          ajaInfo.mRgAtStart ? ajaInfo.mRowGroup : nullptr;
        info.SetInnerRowGroupBEndContBCBorder(nextRowGroup, ajaInfo.mStartRow);
        gotRowBorder = true;
      }
    }
    // In the function, we try to join two cells' BEnd.
    // We normally do this work when processing the cell on the iEnd side,
    // but when the cell on the iEnd side has a rowspan, the cell on the
    // iStart side gets processed later (now), so we have to do this work now.
    const auto nextColIndex = info.GetCellEndColIndex() + 1;
    if ((info.mNumTableCols != nextColIndex) &&
        (lastBEndBorders[nextColIndex].rowSpan > 1) &&
        (lastBEndBorders[nextColIndex].rowIndex == info.GetCellEndRowIndex() + 1)) {
      BCCornerInfo& corner = bEndCorners[nextColIndex];
      if (!IsBlock(LogicalSide(corner.ownerSide))) {
        // not a block-dir owner
        BCCellBorder& thisBorder = lastBEndBorder;
        BCCellBorder& nextBorder = lastBEndBorders[info.mColIndex + 1];
        if ((thisBorder.color == nextBorder.color) &&
            (thisBorder.width == nextBorder.width) &&
            (thisBorder.style == nextBorder.style)) {
          // set the flag on the next border indicating it is not the start of a
          // new segment
          if (iter.mCellMap) {
            tableCellMap->ResetBStartStart(eLogicalSideBEnd, *iter.mCellMap,
                                           iter.mRowGroupStart,
                                           info.GetCellEndRowIndex(),
                                           nextColIndex);
          }
        }
      }
    }
  } // for (iter.First(info); info.mCell; iter.Next(info)) {
  // reset the bc flag and damage area
  SetNeedToCalcBCBorders(false);
  propData->mDamageArea = TableArea(0, 0, 0, 0);
#ifdef DEBUG_TABLE_CELLMAP
  mCellMap->Dump();
#endif
}

class BCPaintBorderIterator;

struct BCBorderParameters
{
  uint8_t mBorderStyle;
  nscolor mBorderColor;
  nscolor mBGColor;
  nsRect mBorderRect;
  int32_t mAppUnitsPerDevPixel;
  mozilla::Side mStartBevelSide;
  nscoord mStartBevelOffset;
  mozilla::Side mEndBevelSide;
  nscoord mEndBevelOffset;
  bool mBackfaceIsVisible;
};

struct BCBlockDirSeg
{
  BCBlockDirSeg();

  void Start(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter,
             BCBorderOwner          aBorderOwner,
             BCPixelSize            aBlockSegISize,
             BCPixelSize            aInlineSegBSize);

  void Initialize(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter);
  void GetBEndCorner(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter,
                     BCPixelSize            aInlineSegBSize);

  Maybe<BCBorderParameters> BuildBorderParameters(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter,
                                                  BCPixelSize aInlineSegBSize);
  void Paint(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter,
             DrawTarget&            aDrawTarget,
             BCPixelSize            aInlineSegBSize);
  void CreateWebRenderCommands(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter,
                               BCPixelSize aInlineSegBSize,
                               wr::DisplayListBuilder& aBuilder,
                               const layers::StackingContextHelper& aSc,
                               const nsPoint& aPt,
                               Maybe<BCBorderParameters>* aBevelBorders);
  void AdvanceOffsetB();
  void IncludeCurrentBorder(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter);


  union {
    nsTableColFrame*  mCol;
    int32_t           mColWidth;
  };
  nscoord               mOffsetI;    // i-offset with respect to the table edge
  nscoord               mOffsetB;    // b-offset with respect to the table edge
  nscoord               mLength;     // block-dir length including corners
  BCPixelSize           mWidth;      // thickness in pixels

  nsTableCellFrame*     mAjaCell;       // previous sibling to the first cell
                                        // where the segment starts, it can be
                                        // the owner of a segment
  nsTableCellFrame*     mFirstCell;     // cell at the start of the segment
  nsTableRowGroupFrame* mFirstRowGroup; // row group at the start of the segment
  nsTableRowFrame*      mFirstRow;      // row at the start of the segment
  nsTableCellFrame*     mLastCell;      // cell at the current end of the
                                        // segment


  uint8_t               mOwner;         // owner of the border, defines the
                                        // style
  LogicalSide           mBStartBevelSide;    // direction to bevel at the bStart
  nscoord               mBStartBevelOffset;  // how much to bevel at the bStart
  BCPixelSize           mBEndInlineSegBSize; // bSize of the crossing
                                             // inline-dir border
  nscoord               mBEndOffset;    // how much longer is the segment due
                                        // to the inline-dir border, by this
                                        // amount the next segment needs to be
                                        // shifted.
  bool                  mIsBEndBevel;   // should we bevel at the bEnd
};

struct BCInlineDirSeg
{
  BCInlineDirSeg();

  void Start(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter,
             BCBorderOwner          aBorderOwner,
             BCPixelSize            aBEndBlockSegISize,
             BCPixelSize            aInlineSegBSize);
  void GetIEndCorner(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter,
                     BCPixelSize            aIStartSegISize);
  void AdvanceOffsetI();
  void IncludeCurrentBorder(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter);
  Maybe<BCBorderParameters> BuildBorderParameters(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter);
  void Paint(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter, DrawTarget& aDrawTarget);
  void CreateWebRenderCommands(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter,
                               wr::DisplayListBuilder& aBuilder,
                               const layers::StackingContextHelper& aSc,
                               const nsPoint& aPt,
                               Maybe<BCBorderParameters>* aBevelBorders);

  nscoord            mOffsetI;       // i-offset with respect to the table edge
  nscoord            mOffsetB;       // b-offset with respect to the table edge
  nscoord            mLength;        // inline-dir length including corners
  BCPixelSize        mWidth;         // border thickness in pixels
  nscoord            mIStartBevelOffset; // how much to bevel at the iStart
  LogicalSide        mIStartBevelSide;   // direction to bevel at the iStart
  bool               mIsIEndBevel;       // should we bevel at the iEnd end
  nscoord            mIEndBevelOffset;   // how much to bevel at the iEnd
  LogicalSide        mIEndBevelSide;     // direction to bevel at the iEnd
  nscoord            mEndOffset;         // how much longer is the segment due
                                         // to the block-dir border, by this
                                         // amount the next segment needs to be
                                         // shifted.
  uint8_t            mOwner;             // owner of the border, defines the
                                         // style
  nsTableCellFrame*  mFirstCell;         // cell at the start of the segment
  nsTableCellFrame*  mAjaCell;           // neighboring cell to the first cell
                                         // where the segment starts, it can be
                                         // the owner of a segment
};

struct BCPaintData
{
  explicit BCPaintData(DrawTarget& aDrawTarget)
    : mDrawTarget(aDrawTarget)
  {
  }

  DrawTarget& mDrawTarget;
};

struct BCCreateWebRenderCommandsData
{
  BCCreateWebRenderCommandsData(wr::DisplayListBuilder& aBuilder,
                                const layers::StackingContextHelper& aSc,
                                const nsPoint& aOffsetToReferenceFrame)
    : mBuilder(aBuilder)
    , mSc(aSc)
    , mOffsetToReferenceFrame(aOffsetToReferenceFrame)
  {
  }

  wr::DisplayListBuilder& mBuilder;
  const layers::StackingContextHelper& mSc;
  const nsPoint& mOffsetToReferenceFrame;
  Maybe<BCBorderParameters> mBevelBorders[4];
};

struct BCPaintBorderAction
{
  explicit BCPaintBorderAction(DrawTarget& aDrawTarget)
    : mMode(Mode::PAINT)
    , mPaintData(aDrawTarget)
  {
  }

  BCPaintBorderAction(wr::DisplayListBuilder& aBuilder,
                      const layers::StackingContextHelper& aSc,
                      const nsPoint& aOffsetToReferenceFrame)
    : mMode(Mode::CREATE_WEBRENDER_COMMANDS)
    , mCreateWebRenderCommandsData(aBuilder, aSc, aOffsetToReferenceFrame)
  {
    mMode = Mode::CREATE_WEBRENDER_COMMANDS;
  }

  ~BCPaintBorderAction()
  {
    // mCreateWebRenderCommandsData is in a union which means the destructor
    // wouldn't be called when BCPaintBorderAction get destroyed. So call the
    // destructor here explicitly.
    if (mMode == Mode::CREATE_WEBRENDER_COMMANDS) {
      mCreateWebRenderCommandsData.~BCCreateWebRenderCommandsData();
    }
  }

  enum class Mode {
    PAINT,
    CREATE_WEBRENDER_COMMANDS,
  };

  Mode mMode;

  union {
    BCPaintData mPaintData;
    BCCreateWebRenderCommandsData mCreateWebRenderCommandsData;
  };
};

// Iterates over borders (iStart border, corner, bStart border) in the cell map within a damage area
// from iStart to iEnd, bStart to bEnd. All members are in terms of the 1st in flow frames, except
// where suffixed by InFlow.
class BCPaintBorderIterator
{
public:
  explicit BCPaintBorderIterator(nsTableFrame* aTable);
  ~BCPaintBorderIterator() { if (mBlockDirInfo) {
                              delete [] mBlockDirInfo;
                           }}
  void Reset();

  /**
   * Determine the damage area in terms of rows and columns and finalize
   * mInitialOffsetI and mInitialOffsetB.
   * @param aDirtyRect - dirty rect in table coordinates
   * @return - true if we need to paint something given dirty rect
   */
  bool SetDamageArea(const nsRect& aDamageRect);
  void First();
  void Next();
  void AccumulateOrDoActionInlineDirSegment(BCPaintBorderAction& aAction);
  void AccumulateOrDoActionBlockDirSegment(BCPaintBorderAction& aAction);
  void ResetVerInfo();
  void StoreColumnWidth(int32_t aIndex);
  bool BlockDirSegmentOwnsCorner();

  nsTableFrame*         mTable;
  nsTableFrame*         mTableFirstInFlow;
  nsTableCellMap*       mTableCellMap;
  nsCellMap*            mCellMap;
  WritingMode           mTableWM;
  nscolor               mTableBgColor;
  nsTableFrame::RowGroupArray mRowGroups;

  nsTableRowGroupFrame* mPrevRg;
  nsTableRowGroupFrame* mRg;
  bool                  mIsRepeatedHeader;
  bool                  mIsRepeatedFooter;
  nsTableRowGroupFrame* mStartRg; // first row group in the damagearea
  int32_t               mRgIndex; // current row group index in the
                                  // mRowgroups array
  int32_t               mFifRgFirstRowIndex; // start row index of the first in
                                             // flow of the row group
  int32_t               mRgFirstRowIndex; // row index of the first row in the
                                          // row group
  int32_t               mRgLastRowIndex; // row index of the last row in the row
                                         // group
  int32_t               mNumTableRows;   // number of rows in the table and all
                                         // continuations
  int32_t               mNumTableCols;   // number of columns in the table
  int32_t               mColIndex;       // with respect to the table
  int32_t               mRowIndex;       // with respect to the table
  int32_t               mRepeatedHeaderRowIndex; // row index in a repeated
                                            //header, it's equivalent to
                                            // mRowIndex when we're in a repeated
                                            // header, and set to the last row
                                            // index of a repeated header when
                                            // we're not
  bool                  mIsNewRow;
  bool                  mAtEnd;             // the iterator cycled over all
                                            // borders
  nsTableRowFrame*      mPrevRow;
  nsTableRowFrame*      mRow;
  nsTableRowFrame*      mStartRow;    //first row in a inside the damagearea


  // cell properties
  nsTableCellFrame*     mPrevCell;
  nsTableCellFrame*     mCell;
  BCCellData*           mPrevCellData;
  BCCellData*           mCellData;
  BCData*               mBCData;

  bool                  IsTableBStartMost() {return (mRowIndex == 0) && !mTable->GetPrevInFlow();}
  bool                  IsTableIEndMost()   {return (mColIndex >= mNumTableCols);}
  bool                  IsTableBEndMost()   {return (mRowIndex >= mNumTableRows) && !mTable->GetNextInFlow();}
  bool                  IsTableIStartMost() {return (mColIndex == 0);}
  bool IsDamageAreaBStartMost() const
    { return mRowIndex == mDamageArea.StartRow(); }
  bool IsDamageAreaIEndMost() const
    { return mColIndex >= mDamageArea.EndCol(); }
  bool IsDamageAreaBEndMost() const
    { return mRowIndex >= mDamageArea.EndRow(); }
  bool IsDamageAreaIStartMost() const
    { return mColIndex == mDamageArea.StartCol(); }
  int32_t GetRelativeColIndex() const
    { return mColIndex - mDamageArea.StartCol(); }

  TableArea             mDamageArea;        // damageArea in cellmap coordinates
  bool IsAfterRepeatedHeader()
    { return !mIsRepeatedHeader && (mRowIndex == (mRepeatedHeaderRowIndex + 1)); }
  bool StartRepeatedFooter() const
  {
    return mIsRepeatedFooter && mRowIndex == mRgFirstRowIndex &&
      mRowIndex != mDamageArea.StartRow();
  }

  nscoord               mInitialOffsetI;    // offsetI of the first border with
                                            // respect to the table
  nscoord               mInitialOffsetB;    // offsetB of the first border with
                                            // respect to the table
  nscoord               mNextOffsetB;       // offsetB of the next segment
  BCBlockDirSeg*        mBlockDirInfo; // this array is used differently when
                                  // inline-dir and block-dir borders are drawn
                                  // When inline-dir border are drawn we cache
                                  // the column widths and the width of the
                                  // block-dir borders that arrive from bStart
                                  // When we draw block-dir borders we store
                                  // lengths and width for block-dir borders
                                  // before they are drawn while we  move over
                                  // the columns in the damage area
                                  // It has one more elements than columns are
                                  // in the table.
  BCInlineDirSeg        mInlineSeg;         // the inline-dir segment while we
                                            // move over the colums
  BCPixelSize           mPrevInlineSegBSize; // the bSize of the previous
                                             // inline-dir border

private:

  bool SetNewRow(nsTableRowFrame* aRow = nullptr);
  bool SetNewRowGroup();
  void   SetNewData(int32_t aRowIndex, int32_t aColIndex);

};



BCPaintBorderIterator::BCPaintBorderIterator(nsTableFrame* aTable)
  : mTable(aTable)
  , mTableFirstInFlow(static_cast<nsTableFrame*>(aTable->FirstInFlow()))
  , mTableCellMap(aTable->GetCellMap())
  , mCellMap(nullptr)
  , mTableWM(aTable->Style())
  , mPrevRg(nullptr)
  , mRg(nullptr)
  , mIsRepeatedHeader(false)
  , mIsRepeatedFooter(false)
  , mStartRg(nullptr)
  , mRgIndex(0)
  , mFifRgFirstRowIndex(0)
  , mRgFirstRowIndex(0)
  , mRgLastRowIndex(0)
  , mColIndex(0)
  , mRowIndex(0)
  , mIsNewRow(false)
  , mAtEnd(false)
  , mPrevRow(nullptr)
  , mRow(nullptr)
  , mStartRow(nullptr)
  , mPrevCell(nullptr)
  , mCell(nullptr)
  , mPrevCellData(nullptr)
  , mCellData(nullptr)
  , mBCData(nullptr)
  , mInitialOffsetI(0)
  , mNextOffsetB(0)
  , mPrevInlineSegBSize(0)
{
  mBlockDirInfo    = nullptr;
  LogicalMargin childAreaOffset = mTable->GetChildAreaOffset(mTableWM, nullptr);
  // y position of first row in damage area
  mInitialOffsetB =
    mTable->GetPrevInFlow() ? 0 : childAreaOffset.BStart(mTableWM);
  mNumTableRows  = mTable->GetRowCount();
  mNumTableCols  = mTable->GetColCount();

  // Get the ordered row groups
  mTable->OrderRowGroups(mRowGroups);
  // initialize to a non existing index
  mRepeatedHeaderRowIndex = -99;

  nsIFrame* bgFrame =
    nsCSSRendering::FindNonTransparentBackgroundFrame(aTable);
  mTableBgColor = bgFrame->StyleBackground()->BackgroundColor(bgFrame);
}

bool
BCPaintBorderIterator::SetDamageArea(const nsRect& aDirtyRect)
{
  nsSize containerSize = mTable->GetSize();
  LogicalRect dirtyRect(mTableWM, aDirtyRect, containerSize);
  uint32_t startRowIndex, endRowIndex, startColIndex, endColIndex;
  startRowIndex = endRowIndex = startColIndex = endColIndex = 0;
  bool done = false;
  bool haveIntersect = false;
  // find startRowIndex, endRowIndex
  nscoord rowB = mInitialOffsetB;
  nsPresContext* presContext = mTable->PresContext();
  for (uint32_t rgIdx = 0; rgIdx < mRowGroups.Length() && !done; rgIdx++) {
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* rgFrame = mRowGroups[rgIdx];
    for (nsTableRowFrame* rowFrame = rgFrame->GetFirstRow(); rowFrame;
         rowFrame = rowFrame->GetNextRow()) {
      // get the row rect relative to the table rather than the row group
      nscoord rowBSize = rowFrame->BSize(mTableWM);
      if (haveIntersect) {
        // conservatively estimate the half border widths outside the row
        nscoord borderHalf = mTable->GetPrevInFlow() ? 0 :
                               presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(
                                 rowFrame->GetBStartBCBorderWidth() + 1);

        if (dirtyRect.BEnd(mTableWM) >= rowB - borderHalf) {
          nsTableRowFrame* fifRow =
            static_cast<nsTableRowFrame*>(rowFrame->FirstInFlow());
          endRowIndex = fifRow->GetRowIndex();
        }
        else done = true;
      }
      else {
        // conservatively estimate the half border widths outside the row
        nscoord borderHalf = mTable->GetNextInFlow() ? 0 :
                               presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(
                                 rowFrame->GetBEndBCBorderWidth() + 1);
        if (rowB + rowBSize + borderHalf >= dirtyRect.BStart(mTableWM)) {
          mStartRg  = rgFrame;
          mStartRow = rowFrame;
          nsTableRowFrame* fifRow =
            static_cast<nsTableRowFrame*>(rowFrame->FirstInFlow());
          startRowIndex = endRowIndex = fifRow->GetRowIndex();
          haveIntersect = true;
        }
        else {
          mInitialOffsetB += rowBSize;
        }
      }
      rowB += rowBSize;
    }
  }
  mNextOffsetB = mInitialOffsetB;

  // XXX comment refers to the obsolete NS_FRAME_OUTSIDE_CHILDREN flag
  // XXX but I don't understand it, so not changing it for now
  // table wrapper borders overflow the table, so the table might be
  // target to other areas as the NS_FRAME_OUTSIDE_CHILDREN is set
  // on the table
  if (!haveIntersect)
    return false;
  // find startColIndex, endColIndex, startColX
  haveIntersect = false;
  if (0 == mNumTableCols)
    return false;

  LogicalMargin childAreaOffset = mTable->GetChildAreaOffset(mTableWM, nullptr);

  // inline position of first col in damage area
  mInitialOffsetI = childAreaOffset.IStart(mTableWM);

  nscoord x = 0;
  int32_t colIdx;
  for (colIdx = 0; colIdx != mNumTableCols; colIdx++) {
    nsTableColFrame* colFrame = mTableFirstInFlow->GetColFrame(colIdx);
    if (!colFrame) ABORT1(false);
    // get the col rect relative to the table rather than the col group
    nscoord colISize = colFrame->ISize(mTableWM);
    if (haveIntersect) {
      // conservatively estimate the iStart half border width outside the col
      nscoord iStartBorderHalf = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(
        colFrame->GetIStartBorderWidth() + 1);
      if (dirtyRect.IEnd(mTableWM) >= x - iStartBorderHalf) {
        endColIndex = colIdx;
      }
      else break;
    }
    else {
      // conservatively estimate the iEnd half border width outside the col
      nscoord iEndBorderHalf = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(
        colFrame->GetIEndBorderWidth() + 1);
      if (x + colISize + iEndBorderHalf >= dirtyRect.IStart(mTableWM)) {
        startColIndex = endColIndex = colIdx;
        haveIntersect = true;
      }
      else {
        mInitialOffsetI += colISize;
      }
    }
    x += colISize;
  }
  if (!haveIntersect)
    return false;
  mDamageArea = TableArea(startColIndex, startRowIndex,
                          1 + DeprecatedAbs<int32_t>(endColIndex - startColIndex),
                          1 + endRowIndex - startRowIndex);

  Reset();
  mBlockDirInfo = new BCBlockDirSeg[mDamageArea.ColCount() + 1];
  if (!mBlockDirInfo)
    return false;
  return true;
}

void
BCPaintBorderIterator::Reset()
{
  mAtEnd = true; // gets reset when First() is called
  mRg = mStartRg;
  mPrevRow  = nullptr;
  mRow      = mStartRow;
  mRowIndex      = 0;
  mColIndex      = 0;
  mRgIndex       = -1;
  mPrevCell      = nullptr;
  mCell          = nullptr;
  mPrevCellData  = nullptr;
  mCellData      = nullptr;
  mBCData        = nullptr;
  ResetVerInfo();
}

/**
 * Set the iterator data to a new cellmap coordinate
 * @param aRowIndex - the row index
 * @param aColIndex - the col index
 */
void
BCPaintBorderIterator::SetNewData(int32_t aY,
                                  int32_t aX)
{
  if (!mTableCellMap || !mTableCellMap->mBCInfo) ABORT0();

  mColIndex    = aX;
  mRowIndex    = aY;
  mPrevCellData = mCellData;
  if (IsTableIEndMost() && IsTableBEndMost()) {
   mCell = nullptr;
   mBCData = &mTableCellMap->mBCInfo->mBEndIEndCorner;
  }
  else if (IsTableIEndMost()) {
    mCellData = nullptr;
    mBCData = &mTableCellMap->mBCInfo->mIEndBorders.ElementAt(aY);
  }
  else if (IsTableBEndMost()) {
    mCellData = nullptr;
    mBCData = &mTableCellMap->mBCInfo->mBEndBorders.ElementAt(aX);
  }
  else {
    if (uint32_t(mRowIndex - mFifRgFirstRowIndex) < mCellMap->mRows.Length()) {
      mBCData = nullptr;
      mCellData =
        (BCCellData*)mCellMap->mRows[mRowIndex - mFifRgFirstRowIndex].SafeElementAt(mColIndex);
      if (mCellData) {
        mBCData = &mCellData->mData;
        if (!mCellData->IsOrig()) {
          if (mCellData->IsRowSpan()) {
            aY -= mCellData->GetRowSpanOffset();
          }
          if (mCellData->IsColSpan()) {
            aX -= mCellData->GetColSpanOffset();
          }
          if ((aX >= 0) && (aY >= 0)) {
            mCellData = (BCCellData*)mCellMap->mRows[aY - mFifRgFirstRowIndex][aX];
          }
        }
        if (mCellData->IsOrig()) {
          mPrevCell = mCell;
          mCell = mCellData->GetCellFrame();
        }
      }
    }
  }
}

/**
 * Set the iterator to a new row
 * @param aRow - the new row frame, if null the iterator will advance to the
 *               next row
 */
bool
BCPaintBorderIterator::SetNewRow(nsTableRowFrame* aRow)
{
  mPrevRow = mRow;
  mRow     = (aRow) ? aRow : mRow->GetNextRow();
  if (mRow) {
    mIsNewRow = true;
    mRowIndex = mRow->GetRowIndex();
    mColIndex = mDamageArea.StartCol();
    mPrevInlineSegBSize = 0;
    if (mIsRepeatedHeader) {
      mRepeatedHeaderRowIndex = mRowIndex;
    }
  }
  else {
    mAtEnd = true;
  }
  return !mAtEnd;
}

/**
 * Advance the iterator to the next row group
 */
bool
BCPaintBorderIterator::SetNewRowGroup()
{

  mRgIndex++;

  mIsRepeatedHeader = false;
  mIsRepeatedFooter = false;

  NS_ASSERTION(mRgIndex >= 0, "mRgIndex out of bounds");
  if (uint32_t(mRgIndex) < mRowGroups.Length()) {
    mPrevRg = mRg;
    mRg = mRowGroups[mRgIndex];
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* fifRg =
      static_cast<nsTableRowGroupFrame*>(mRg->FirstInFlow());
    mFifRgFirstRowIndex = fifRg->GetStartRowIndex();
    mRgFirstRowIndex    = mRg->GetStartRowIndex();
    mRgLastRowIndex     = mRgFirstRowIndex + mRg->GetRowCount() - 1;

    if (SetNewRow(mRg->GetFirstRow())) {
      mCellMap = mTableCellMap->GetMapFor(fifRg, nullptr);
      if (!mCellMap) ABORT1(false);
    }
    if (mRg && mTable->GetPrevInFlow() && !mRg->GetPrevInFlow()) {
      // if mRowGroup doesn't have a prev in flow, then it may be a repeated
      // header or footer
      const nsStyleDisplay* display = mRg->StyleDisplay();
      if (mRowIndex == mDamageArea.StartRow()) {
        mIsRepeatedHeader = (mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableHeaderGroup == display->mDisplay);
      } else {
        mIsRepeatedFooter = (mozilla::StyleDisplay::TableFooterGroup == display->mDisplay);
      }
    }
  }
  else {
    mAtEnd = true;
  }
  return !mAtEnd;
}

/**
 *  Move the iterator to the first position in the damageArea
 */
void
BCPaintBorderIterator::First()
{
  if (!mTable || mDamageArea.StartCol() >= mNumTableCols ||
      mDamageArea.StartRow() >= mNumTableRows) ABORT0();

  mAtEnd = false;

  uint32_t numRowGroups = mRowGroups.Length();
  for (uint32_t rgY = 0; rgY < numRowGroups; rgY++) {
    nsTableRowGroupFrame* rowG = mRowGroups[rgY];
    int32_t start = rowG->GetStartRowIndex();
    int32_t end   = start + rowG->GetRowCount() - 1;
    if (mDamageArea.StartRow() >= start && mDamageArea.StartRow() <= end) {
      mRgIndex = rgY - 1; // SetNewRowGroup increments rowGroupIndex
      if (SetNewRowGroup()) {
        while (mRowIndex < mDamageArea.StartRow() && !mAtEnd) {
          SetNewRow();
        }
        if (!mAtEnd) {
          SetNewData(mDamageArea.StartRow(), mDamageArea.StartCol());
        }
      }
      return;
    }
  }
  mAtEnd = true;
}

/**
 * Advance the iterator to the next position
 */
void
BCPaintBorderIterator::Next()
{
  if (mAtEnd) ABORT0();
  mIsNewRow = false;

  mColIndex++;
  if (mColIndex > mDamageArea.EndCol()) {
    mRowIndex++;
    if (mRowIndex == mDamageArea.EndRow()) {
      mColIndex = mDamageArea.StartCol();
    }
    else if (mRowIndex < mDamageArea.EndRow()) {
      if (mRowIndex <= mRgLastRowIndex) {
        SetNewRow();
      }
      else {
        SetNewRowGroup();
      }
    }
    else {
      mAtEnd = true;
    }
  }
  if (!mAtEnd) {
    SetNewData(mRowIndex, mColIndex);
  }
}

// XXX if CalcVerCornerOffset and CalcHorCornerOffset remain similar, combine
// them
// XXX Update terminology from physical to logical
/** Compute the vertical offset of a vertical border segment
  * @param aCornerOwnerSide - which side owns the corner
  * @param aCornerSubWidth  - how wide is the nonwinning side of the corner
  * @param aHorWidth        - how wide is the horizontal edge of the corner
  * @param aIsStartOfSeg    - does this corner start a new segment
  * @param aIsBevel         - is this corner beveled
  * @return                 - offset in twips
  */
static nscoord
CalcVerCornerOffset(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
                    LogicalSide aCornerOwnerSide,
                    BCPixelSize aCornerSubWidth,
                    BCPixelSize aHorWidth,
                    bool        aIsStartOfSeg,
                    bool        aIsBevel)
{
  nscoord offset = 0;
  // XXX These should be replaced with appropriate side-specific macros (which?)
  BCPixelSize smallHalf, largeHalf;
  if (IsBlock(aCornerOwnerSide)) {
    DivideBCBorderSize(aCornerSubWidth, smallHalf, largeHalf);
    if (aIsBevel) {
      offset = (aIsStartOfSeg) ? -largeHalf : smallHalf;
    }
    else {
      offset = (eLogicalSideBStart == aCornerOwnerSide) ? smallHalf : -largeHalf;
    }
  }
  else {
    DivideBCBorderSize(aHorWidth, smallHalf, largeHalf);
    if (aIsBevel) {
      offset = (aIsStartOfSeg) ? -largeHalf : smallHalf;
    }
    else {
      offset = (aIsStartOfSeg) ? smallHalf : -largeHalf;
    }
  }
  return aPresContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(offset);
}

/** Compute the horizontal offset of a horizontal border segment
  * @param aCornerOwnerSide - which side owns the corner
  * @param aCornerSubWidth  - how wide is the nonwinning side of the corner
  * @param aVerWidth        - how wide is the vertical edge of the corner
  * @param aIsStartOfSeg    - does this corner start a new segment
  * @param aIsBevel         - is this corner beveled
  * @return                 - offset in twips
  */
static nscoord
CalcHorCornerOffset(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
                    LogicalSide aCornerOwnerSide,
                    BCPixelSize aCornerSubWidth,
                    BCPixelSize aVerWidth,
                    bool        aIsStartOfSeg,
                    bool        aIsBevel)
{
  nscoord offset = 0;
  // XXX These should be replaced with appropriate side-specific macros (which?)
  BCPixelSize smallHalf, largeHalf;
  if (IsInline(aCornerOwnerSide)) {
    DivideBCBorderSize(aCornerSubWidth, smallHalf, largeHalf);
    if (aIsBevel) {
      offset = (aIsStartOfSeg) ? -largeHalf : smallHalf;
    }
    else {
      offset = (eLogicalSideIStart == aCornerOwnerSide) ? smallHalf : -largeHalf;
    }
  }
  else {
    DivideBCBorderSize(aVerWidth, smallHalf, largeHalf);
    if (aIsBevel) {
      offset = (aIsStartOfSeg) ? -largeHalf : smallHalf;
    }
    else {
      offset = (aIsStartOfSeg) ? smallHalf : -largeHalf;
    }
  }
  return aPresContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(offset);
}

BCBlockDirSeg::BCBlockDirSeg()
  : mFirstRowGroup(nullptr)
  , mFirstRow(nullptr)
  , mBEndInlineSegBSize(0)
  , mBEndOffset(0)
  , mIsBEndBevel(false)
{
  mCol = nullptr;
  mFirstCell = mLastCell = mAjaCell = nullptr;
  mOffsetI = mOffsetB = mLength = mWidth = mBStartBevelOffset = 0;
  mBStartBevelSide = eLogicalSideBStart;
  mOwner = eCellOwner;
}

/**
 * Start a new block-direction segment
 * @param aIter         - iterator containing the structural information
 * @param aBorderOwner  - determines the border style
 * @param aBlockSegISize  - the width of segment in pixel
 * @param aInlineSegBSize - the width of the inline-dir segment joining the corner
 *                        at the start
 */
void
BCBlockDirSeg::Start(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter,
                     BCBorderOwner          aBorderOwner,
                     BCPixelSize            aBlockSegISize,
                     BCPixelSize            aInlineSegBSize)
{
  LogicalSide ownerSide   = eLogicalSideBStart;
  bool bevel       = false;

  nscoord cornerSubWidth  = (aIter.mBCData) ?
                               aIter.mBCData->GetCorner(ownerSide, bevel) : 0;

  bool    bStartBevel     = (aBlockSegISize > 0) ? bevel : false;
  BCPixelSize maxInlineSegBSize = std::max(aIter.mPrevInlineSegBSize, aInlineSegBSize);
  nsPresContext* presContext = aIter.mTable->PresContext();
  nscoord offset          = CalcVerCornerOffset(presContext,
                                                ownerSide, cornerSubWidth,
                                                maxInlineSegBSize, true,
                                                bStartBevel);

  mBStartBevelOffset = bStartBevel ?
    presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(maxInlineSegBSize): 0;
  // XXX this assumes that only corners where 2 segments join can be beveled
  mBStartBevelSide     = (aInlineSegBSize > 0) ? eLogicalSideIEnd : eLogicalSideIStart;
  mOffsetB      += offset;
  mLength        = -offset;
  mWidth         = aBlockSegISize;
  mOwner         = aBorderOwner;
  mFirstCell     = aIter.mCell;
  mFirstRowGroup = aIter.mRg;
  mFirstRow      = aIter.mRow;
  if (aIter.GetRelativeColIndex() > 0) {
    mAjaCell = aIter.mBlockDirInfo[aIter.GetRelativeColIndex() - 1].mLastCell;
  }
}

/**
 * Initialize the block-dir segments with information that will persist for any
 * block-dir segment in this column
 * @param aIter - iterator containing the structural information
 */
void
BCBlockDirSeg::Initialize(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter)
{
  int32_t relColIndex = aIter.GetRelativeColIndex();
  mCol = aIter.IsTableIEndMost() ? aIter.mBlockDirInfo[relColIndex - 1].mCol :
           aIter.mTableFirstInFlow->GetColFrame(aIter.mColIndex);
  if (!mCol) ABORT0();
  if (0 == relColIndex) {
    mOffsetI = aIter.mInitialOffsetI;
  }
  // set mOffsetI for the next column
  if (!aIter.IsDamageAreaIEndMost()) {
    aIter.mBlockDirInfo[relColIndex + 1].mOffsetI =
      mOffsetI + mCol->ISize(aIter.mTableWM);
  }
  mOffsetB = aIter.mInitialOffsetB;
  mLastCell = aIter.mCell;
}

/**
 * Compute the offsets for the bEnd corner of a block-dir segment
 * @param aIter           - iterator containing the structural information
 * @param aInlineSegBSize - the width of the inline-dir segment joining the corner
 *                          at the start
 */
void
BCBlockDirSeg::GetBEndCorner(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter,
                               BCPixelSize            aInlineSegBSize)
{
   LogicalSide ownerSide = eLogicalSideBStart;
   nscoord cornerSubWidth = 0;
   bool bevel = false;
   if (aIter.mBCData) {
     cornerSubWidth = aIter.mBCData->GetCorner(ownerSide, bevel);
   }
   mIsBEndBevel = (mWidth > 0) ? bevel : false;
   mBEndInlineSegBSize = std::max(aIter.mPrevInlineSegBSize, aInlineSegBSize);
   mBEndOffset = CalcVerCornerOffset(aIter.mTable->PresContext(),
                                    ownerSide, cornerSubWidth,
                                    mBEndInlineSegBSize,
                                    false, mIsBEndBevel);
   mLength += mBEndOffset;
}

Maybe<BCBorderParameters>
BCBlockDirSeg::BuildBorderParameters(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter,
                                     BCPixelSize aInlineSegBSize)
{
  BCBorderParameters result;

  // get the border style, color and paint the segment
  LogicalSide side =
    aIter.IsDamageAreaIEndMost() ? eLogicalSideIEnd : eLogicalSideIStart;
  int32_t relColIndex = aIter.GetRelativeColIndex();
  nsTableColFrame* col           = mCol; if (!col) ABORT1(Nothing());
  nsTableCellFrame* cell         = mFirstCell; // ???
  nsIFrame* owner = nullptr;
  result.mBorderStyle = NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_SOLID;
  result.mBorderColor = 0xFFFFFFFF;
  result.mBGColor = aIter.mTableBgColor;
  result.mBackfaceIsVisible = true;

  // All the tables frames have the same presContext, so we just use any one
  // that exists here:
  nsPresContext* presContext = aIter.mTable->PresContext();
  result.mAppUnitsPerDevPixel = presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();

  switch (mOwner) {
    case eTableOwner:
      owner = aIter.mTable;
      break;
    case eAjaColGroupOwner:
      side = eLogicalSideIEnd;
      if (!aIter.IsTableIEndMost() && (relColIndex > 0)) {
        col = aIter.mBlockDirInfo[relColIndex - 1].mCol;
      }
      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
    case eColGroupOwner:
      if (col) {
        owner = col->GetParent();
      }
      break;
    case eAjaColOwner:
      side = eLogicalSideIEnd;
      if (!aIter.IsTableIEndMost() && (relColIndex > 0)) {
        col = aIter.mBlockDirInfo[relColIndex - 1].mCol;
      }
      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
    case eColOwner:
      owner = col;
      break;
    case eAjaRowGroupOwner:
      NS_ERROR("a neighboring rowgroup can never own a vertical border");
      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
    case eRowGroupOwner:
      NS_ASSERTION(aIter.IsTableIStartMost() || aIter.IsTableIEndMost(),
                  "row group can own border only at table edge");
      owner = mFirstRowGroup;
      break;
    case eAjaRowOwner:
      NS_ERROR("program error");
      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
    case eRowOwner:
      NS_ASSERTION(aIter.IsTableIStartMost() || aIter.IsTableIEndMost(),
                   "row can own border only at table edge");
      owner = mFirstRow;
      break;
    case eAjaCellOwner:
      side = eLogicalSideIEnd;
      cell = mAjaCell;
      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
    case eCellOwner:
      owner = cell;
      break;
  }
  if (owner) {
    ::GetPaintStyleInfo(owner, aIter.mTableWM, side, &result.mBorderStyle, &result.mBorderColor);
    result.mBackfaceIsVisible = !owner->BackfaceIsHidden();
  }
  BCPixelSize smallHalf, largeHalf;
  DivideBCBorderSize(mWidth, smallHalf, largeHalf);
  LogicalRect segRect(aIter.mTableWM,
                 mOffsetI - presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(largeHalf),
                 mOffsetB,
                 presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(mWidth), mLength);
  nscoord bEndBevelOffset = (mIsBEndBevel) ?
    presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(mBEndInlineSegBSize) : 0;
  LogicalSide bEndBevelSide =
    (aInlineSegBSize > 0) ? eLogicalSideIEnd : eLogicalSideIStart;

  // Convert logical to physical sides/coordinates for DrawTableBorderSegment.

  result.mBorderRect = segRect.GetPhysicalRect(aIter.mTableWM, aIter.mTable->GetSize());
  // XXX For reversed vertical writing-modes (with direction:rtl), we need to
  // invert physicalRect's y-position here, with respect to the table.
  // However, it's not worth fixing the border positions here until the
  // ordering of the table columns themselves is also fixed (bug 1180528).

  result.mStartBevelSide = aIter.mTableWM.PhysicalSide(mBStartBevelSide);
  result.mEndBevelSide = aIter.mTableWM.PhysicalSide(bEndBevelSide);
  result.mStartBevelOffset = mBStartBevelOffset;
  result.mEndBevelOffset = bEndBevelOffset;
  // In vertical-rl mode, the 'start' and 'end' of the block-dir (horizontal)
  // border segment need to be swapped because DrawTableBorderSegment will
  // apply the 'start' bevel at the left edge, and 'end' at the right.
  // (Note: In this case, startBevelSide/endBevelSide will usually both be
  // "top" or "bottom". DrawTableBorderSegment works purely with physical
  // coordinates, so it expects startBevelOffset to be the indentation-from-
  // the-left for the "start" (left) end of the border-segment, and
  // endBevelOffset is the indentation-from-the-right for the "end" (right)
  // end of the border-segment. We've got them reversed, since our block dir
  // is RTL, so we have to swap them here.)
  if (aIter.mTableWM.IsVerticalRL()) {
    Swap(result.mStartBevelSide, result.mEndBevelSide);
    Swap(result.mStartBevelOffset, result.mEndBevelOffset);
  }

  return Some(result);
}

/**
 * Paint the block-dir segment
 * @param aIter           - iterator containing the structural information
 * @param aDrawTarget     - the draw target
 * @param aInlineSegBSize - the width of the inline-dir segment joining the
 *                          corner at the start
 */
void
BCBlockDirSeg::Paint(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter,
                     DrawTarget&            aDrawTarget,
                     BCPixelSize            aInlineSegBSize)
{
  Maybe<BCBorderParameters> param = BuildBorderParameters(aIter, aInlineSegBSize);
  if (param.isNothing()) {
    return;
  }

  nsCSSRendering::DrawTableBorderSegment(aDrawTarget, param->mBorderStyle, param->mBorderColor,
                                         param->mBGColor, param->mBorderRect,
                                         param->mAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
                                         param->mStartBevelSide, param->mStartBevelOffset,
                                         param->mEndBevelSide, param->mEndBevelOffset);
}

void
BCBlockDirSeg::CreateWebRenderCommands(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter,
                                       BCPixelSize aInlineSegBSize,
                                       wr::DisplayListBuilder& aBuilder,
                                       const layers::StackingContextHelper& aSc,
                                       const nsPoint& aOffset,
                                       Maybe<BCBorderParameters>* aBevelBorders)
{
  Maybe<BCBorderParameters> param = BuildBorderParameters(aIter, aInlineSegBSize);
  if (param.isNothing()) {
    return;
  }

  if (param->mStartBevelOffset != 0 || param->mEndBevelOffset != 0) {
    // If both bevel offsets are non zero, the parameters of two bevels should
    // be the same. So we choose start bevel side here.
    mozilla::Side bevelSide = param->mStartBevelOffset != 0 ? param->mStartBevelSide : param->mEndBevelSide;

    // The left border is going to be beveled on its right edge because that's
    // the edge that intersects other borders (in this case the top and bottom borders).
    // Correspondingly, if the bevel side is "right" that means we are operating on
    // the left border, and so store the parameters for that entry in aBevelBorders.
    // Same goes for the other directions.
    switch (bevelSide) {
      case eSideTop:
        aBevelBorders[eSideBottom] = param;
        break;
      case eSideBottom:
        aBevelBorders[eSideTop] = param;
        break;
      case eSideLeft:
        aBevelBorders[eSideRight] = param;
        break;
      case eSideRight:
        aBevelBorders[eSideLeft] = param;
        break;
    }

    return;
  }

  LayoutDeviceRect borderRect = LayoutDeviceRect::FromUnknownRect(NSRectToRect(param->mBorderRect + aOffset,
                                                                               param->mAppUnitsPerDevPixel));

  wr::LayoutRect roundedRect = wr::ToRoundedLayoutRect(borderRect);
  wr::BorderSide wrSide[4];
  NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(i) {
    wrSide[i] = wr::ToBorderSide(ToDeviceColor(param->mBorderColor), NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE);
  }
  wrSide[eSideLeft] = wr::ToBorderSide(ToDeviceColor(param->mBorderColor), param->mBorderStyle);

  wr::BorderRadius borderRadii = wr::EmptyBorderRadius();

  // All border style is set to none except left side. So setting the widths of
  // each side to width of rect is fine.
  wr::LayoutSideOffsets borderWidths = wr::ToBorderWidths(roundedRect.size.width,
                                                     roundedRect.size.width,
                                                     roundedRect.size.width,
                                                     roundedRect.size.width);
  Range<const wr::BorderSide> wrsides(wrSide, 4);
  aBuilder.PushBorder(roundedRect,
                      roundedRect,
                      param->mBackfaceIsVisible,
                      borderWidths,
                      wrsides,
                      borderRadii);
}

/**
 * Advance the start point of a segment
 */
void
BCBlockDirSeg::AdvanceOffsetB()
{
  mOffsetB +=  mLength - mBEndOffset;
}

/**
 * Accumulate the current segment
 */
void
BCBlockDirSeg::IncludeCurrentBorder(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter)
{
  mLastCell = aIter.mCell;
  mLength  += aIter.mRow->BSize(aIter.mTableWM);
}

BCInlineDirSeg::BCInlineDirSeg()
  : mIsIEndBevel(false)
  , mIEndBevelOffset(0)
  , mIEndBevelSide(eLogicalSideBStart)
  , mEndOffset(0)
  , mOwner(eTableOwner)
{
  mOffsetI = mOffsetB = mLength = mWidth =  mIStartBevelOffset = 0;
  mIStartBevelSide = eLogicalSideBStart;
  mFirstCell = mAjaCell = nullptr;
}

/** Initialize an inline-dir border segment for painting
  * @param aIter              - iterator storing the current and adjacent frames
  * @param aBorderOwner       - which frame owns the border
  * @param aBEndBlockSegISize - block-dir segment width coming from up
  * @param aInlineSegBSize    - the thickness of the segment
  +  */
void
BCInlineDirSeg::Start(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter,
                      BCBorderOwner          aBorderOwner,
                      BCPixelSize            aBEndBlockSegISize,
                      BCPixelSize            aInlineSegBSize)
{
  LogicalSide cornerOwnerSide = eLogicalSideBStart;
  bool bevel     = false;

  mOwner = aBorderOwner;
  nscoord cornerSubWidth  = (aIter.mBCData) ?
                             aIter.mBCData->GetCorner(cornerOwnerSide,
                                                       bevel) : 0;

  bool    iStartBevel = (aInlineSegBSize > 0) ? bevel : false;
  int32_t relColIndex = aIter.GetRelativeColIndex();
  nscoord maxBlockSegISize = std::max(aIter.mBlockDirInfo[relColIndex].mWidth,
                                      aBEndBlockSegISize);
  nscoord offset = CalcHorCornerOffset(aIter.mTable->PresContext(),
                                       cornerOwnerSide, cornerSubWidth,
                                       maxBlockSegISize, true, iStartBevel);
  mIStartBevelOffset = (iStartBevel && (aInlineSegBSize > 0)) ? maxBlockSegISize : 0;
  // XXX this assumes that only corners where 2 segments join can be beveled
  mIStartBevelSide   = (aBEndBlockSegISize > 0) ? eLogicalSideBEnd : eLogicalSideBStart;
  mOffsetI += offset;
  mLength          = -offset;
  mWidth           = aInlineSegBSize;
  mFirstCell       = aIter.mCell;
  mAjaCell         = (aIter.IsDamageAreaBStartMost()) ? nullptr :
                     aIter.mBlockDirInfo[relColIndex].mLastCell;
}

/**
 * Compute the offsets for the iEnd corner of an inline-dir segment
 * @param aIter         - iterator containing the structural information
 * @param aIStartSegISize - the iSize of the block-dir segment joining the corner
 *                        at the start
 */
void
BCInlineDirSeg::GetIEndCorner(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter,
                              BCPixelSize            aIStartSegISize)
{
  LogicalSide ownerSide = eLogicalSideBStart;
  nscoord cornerSubWidth = 0;
  bool bevel = false;
  if (aIter.mBCData) {
    cornerSubWidth = aIter.mBCData->GetCorner(ownerSide, bevel);
  }

  mIsIEndBevel = (mWidth > 0) ? bevel : 0;
  int32_t relColIndex = aIter.GetRelativeColIndex();
  nscoord verWidth = std::max(aIter.mBlockDirInfo[relColIndex].mWidth,
                              aIStartSegISize);
  nsPresContext* presContext = aIter.mTable->PresContext();
  mEndOffset = CalcHorCornerOffset(presContext, ownerSide, cornerSubWidth,
                                   verWidth, false, mIsIEndBevel);
  mLength += mEndOffset;
  mIEndBevelOffset = (mIsIEndBevel) ?
                       presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(verWidth) : 0;
  mIEndBevelSide = (aIStartSegISize > 0) ? eLogicalSideBEnd : eLogicalSideBStart;
}

Maybe<BCBorderParameters>
BCInlineDirSeg::BuildBorderParameters(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter)
{
  BCBorderParameters result;

  // get the border style, color and paint the segment
  LogicalSide side =
    aIter.IsDamageAreaBEndMost() ? eLogicalSideBEnd : eLogicalSideBStart;
  nsIFrame* rg   = aIter.mRg;  if (!rg) ABORT1(Nothing());
  nsIFrame* row  = aIter.mRow; if (!row) ABORT1(Nothing());
  nsIFrame* cell = mFirstCell;
  nsIFrame* col;
  nsIFrame* owner = nullptr;
  result.mBackfaceIsVisible = true;

  // All the tables frames have the same presContext, so we just use any one
  // that exists here:
  nsPresContext* presContext = aIter.mTable->PresContext();
  result.mAppUnitsPerDevPixel = presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();

  result.mBorderStyle = NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_SOLID;
  result.mBorderColor = 0xFFFFFFFF;
  result.mBGColor = aIter.mTableBgColor;

  switch (mOwner) {
    case eTableOwner:
      owner = aIter.mTable;
      break;
    case eAjaColGroupOwner:
      NS_ERROR("neighboring colgroups can never own an inline-dir border");
      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
    case eColGroupOwner:
      NS_ASSERTION(aIter.IsTableBStartMost() || aIter.IsTableBEndMost(),
                   "col group can own border only at the table edge");
      col = aIter.mTableFirstInFlow->GetColFrame(aIter.mColIndex - 1);
      if (!col) ABORT1(Nothing());
      owner = col->GetParent();
      break;
    case eAjaColOwner:
      NS_ERROR("neighboring column can never own an inline-dir border");
      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
    case eColOwner:
      NS_ASSERTION(aIter.IsTableBStartMost() || aIter.IsTableBEndMost(),
                   "col can own border only at the table edge");
      owner = aIter.mTableFirstInFlow->GetColFrame(aIter.mColIndex - 1);
      break;
    case eAjaRowGroupOwner:
      side = eLogicalSideBEnd;
      rg = (aIter.IsTableBEndMost()) ? aIter.mRg : aIter.mPrevRg;
      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
    case eRowGroupOwner:
      owner = rg;
      break;
    case eAjaRowOwner:
      side = eLogicalSideBEnd;
      row = (aIter.IsTableBEndMost()) ? aIter.mRow : aIter.mPrevRow;
      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
    case eRowOwner:
      owner = row;
      break;
    case eAjaCellOwner:
      side = eLogicalSideBEnd;
      // if this is null due to the damage area origin-y > 0, then the border
      // won't show up anyway
      cell = mAjaCell;
      MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
    case eCellOwner:
      owner = cell;
      break;
  }
  if (owner) {
    ::GetPaintStyleInfo(owner, aIter.mTableWM, side, &result.mBorderStyle, &result.mBorderColor);
    result.mBackfaceIsVisible = !owner->BackfaceIsHidden();
  }
  BCPixelSize smallHalf, largeHalf;
  DivideBCBorderSize(mWidth, smallHalf, largeHalf);
  LogicalRect segRect(aIter.mTableWM, mOffsetI,
                      mOffsetB - presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(largeHalf),
                      mLength,
                      presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(mWidth));

  // Convert logical to physical sides/coordinates for DrawTableBorderSegment.
  result.mBorderRect = segRect.GetPhysicalRect(aIter.mTableWM, aIter.mTable->GetSize());
  result.mStartBevelSide = aIter.mTableWM.PhysicalSide(mIStartBevelSide);
  result.mEndBevelSide = aIter.mTableWM.PhysicalSide(mIEndBevelSide);
  result.mStartBevelOffset =
    presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(mIStartBevelOffset);
  result.mEndBevelOffset = mIEndBevelOffset;
  // With inline-RTL directionality, the 'start' and 'end' of the inline-dir
  // border segment need to be swapped because DrawTableBorderSegment will
  // apply the 'start' bevel physically at the left or top edge, and 'end' at
  // the right or bottom.
  // (Note: startBevelSide/endBevelSide will be "top" or "bottom" in horizontal
  // writing mode, or "left" or "right" in vertical mode.
  // DrawTableBorderSegment works purely with physical coordinates, so it
  // expects startBevelOffset to be the indentation-from-the-left or top end
  // of the border-segment, and endBevelOffset is the indentation-from-the-
  // right or bottom end. If the writing mode is inline-RTL, our "start" and
  // "end" will be reversed from this physical-coord view, so we have to swap
  // them here.
  if (!aIter.mTableWM.IsBidiLTR()) {
    Swap(result.mStartBevelSide, result.mEndBevelSide);
    Swap(result.mStartBevelOffset, result.mEndBevelOffset);
  }

  return Some(result);
}

/**
 * Paint the inline-dir segment
 * @param aIter       - iterator containing the structural information
 * @param aDrawTarget - the draw target
 */
void
BCInlineDirSeg::Paint(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter, DrawTarget& aDrawTarget)
{
  Maybe<BCBorderParameters> param = BuildBorderParameters(aIter);
  if (param.isNothing()) {
    return;
  }

  nsCSSRendering::DrawTableBorderSegment(aDrawTarget, param->mBorderStyle, param->mBorderColor,
                                         param->mBGColor, param->mBorderRect,
                                         param->mAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
                                         param->mStartBevelSide, param->mStartBevelOffset,
                                         param->mEndBevelSide, param->mEndBevelOffset);
}

void
BCInlineDirSeg::CreateWebRenderCommands(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter,
                                        wr::DisplayListBuilder& aBuilder,
                                        const layers::StackingContextHelper& aSc,
                                        const nsPoint& aPt,
                                        Maybe<BCBorderParameters>* aBevelBorders)
{
  Maybe<BCBorderParameters> param = BuildBorderParameters(aIter);
  if (param.isNothing()) {
    return;
  }

  if (param->mStartBevelOffset != 0 || param->mEndBevelOffset != 0) {
    mozilla::Side bevelSide = param->mStartBevelOffset != 0 ? param->mStartBevelSide : param->mEndBevelSide;

    // See detailed comment on equivalent code in BCBlockDirSeg::CreateWebRenderCommands.
    switch (bevelSide) {
      case eSideTop:
        aBevelBorders[eSideBottom] = param;
        break;
      case eSideBottom:
        aBevelBorders[eSideTop] = param;
        break;
      case eSideLeft:
        aBevelBorders[eSideRight] = param;
        break;
      case eSideRight:
        aBevelBorders[eSideLeft] = param;
        break;
    }

    return;
  }

  LayoutDeviceRect borderRect = LayoutDeviceRect::FromUnknownRect(NSRectToRect(param->mBorderRect + aPt,
                                                                               param->mAppUnitsPerDevPixel));
  wr::LayoutRect roundedRect = wr::ToRoundedLayoutRect(borderRect);
  wr::BorderSide wrSide[4];
  NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(i) {
    wrSide[i] = wr::ToBorderSide(ToDeviceColor(param->mBorderColor), NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE);
  }
  wrSide[eSideTop] = wr::ToBorderSide(ToDeviceColor(param->mBorderColor), param->mBorderStyle);

  wr::BorderRadius borderRadii = wr::EmptyBorderRadius();

  // All border style is set to none except top side. So setting the widths of
  // each side to height of rect is fine.
  wr::LayoutSideOffsets borderWidths = wr::ToBorderWidths(roundedRect.size.height,
                                                     roundedRect.size.height,
                                                     roundedRect.size.height,
                                                     roundedRect.size.height);
  Range<const wr::BorderSide> wrsides(wrSide, 4);
  aBuilder.PushBorder(roundedRect,
                      roundedRect,
                      param->mBackfaceIsVisible,
                      borderWidths,
                      wrsides,
                      borderRadii);
}

/**
 * Advance the start point of a segment
 */
void
BCInlineDirSeg::AdvanceOffsetI()
{
  mOffsetI += (mLength - mEndOffset);
}

/**
 * Accumulate the current segment
 */
void
BCInlineDirSeg::IncludeCurrentBorder(BCPaintBorderIterator& aIter)
{
  mLength += aIter.mBlockDirInfo[aIter.GetRelativeColIndex()].mColWidth;
}

/**
 * store the column width information while painting inline-dir segment
 */
void
BCPaintBorderIterator::StoreColumnWidth(int32_t aIndex)
{
  if (IsTableIEndMost()) {
    mBlockDirInfo[aIndex].mColWidth = mBlockDirInfo[aIndex - 1].mColWidth;
  }
  else {
    nsTableColFrame* col = mTableFirstInFlow->GetColFrame(mColIndex);
    if (!col) ABORT0();
    mBlockDirInfo[aIndex].mColWidth = col->ISize(mTableWM);
  }
}
/**
 * Determine if a block-dir segment owns the corner
 */
bool
BCPaintBorderIterator::BlockDirSegmentOwnsCorner()
{
  LogicalSide cornerOwnerSide = eLogicalSideBStart;
  bool bevel = false;
  if (mBCData) {
    mBCData->GetCorner(cornerOwnerSide, bevel);
  }
  // unitialized ownerside, bevel
  return  (eLogicalSideBStart == cornerOwnerSide) ||
          (eLogicalSideBEnd == cornerOwnerSide);
}

/**
 * Paint if necessary an inline-dir segment, otherwise accumulate it
 * @param aDrawTarget - the draw target
 */
void
BCPaintBorderIterator::AccumulateOrDoActionInlineDirSegment(BCPaintBorderAction& aAction)
{

  int32_t relColIndex = GetRelativeColIndex();
  // store the current col width if it hasn't been already
  if (mBlockDirInfo[relColIndex].mColWidth < 0) {
    StoreColumnWidth(relColIndex);
  }

  BCBorderOwner borderOwner = eCellOwner;
  BCBorderOwner ignoreBorderOwner;
  bool isSegStart = true;
  bool ignoreSegStart;

  nscoord iStartSegISize =
    mBCData ? mBCData->GetIStartEdge(ignoreBorderOwner, ignoreSegStart) : 0;
  nscoord bStartSegBSize =
    mBCData ? mBCData->GetBStartEdge(borderOwner, isSegStart) : 0;

  if (mIsNewRow || (IsDamageAreaIStartMost() && IsDamageAreaBEndMost())) {
    // reset for every new row and on the bottom of the last row
    mInlineSeg.mOffsetB = mNextOffsetB;
    mNextOffsetB     = mNextOffsetB + mRow->BSize(mTableWM);
    mInlineSeg.mOffsetI = mInitialOffsetI;
    mInlineSeg.Start(*this, borderOwner, iStartSegISize, bStartSegBSize);
  }

  if (!IsDamageAreaIStartMost() && (isSegStart || IsDamageAreaIEndMost() ||
                                    BlockDirSegmentOwnsCorner())) {
    // paint the previous seg or the current one if IsDamageAreaIEndMost()
    if (mInlineSeg.mLength > 0) {
      mInlineSeg.GetIEndCorner(*this, iStartSegISize);
      if (mInlineSeg.mWidth > 0) {
        if (aAction.mMode == BCPaintBorderAction::Mode::PAINT) {
          mInlineSeg.Paint(*this, aAction.mPaintData.mDrawTarget);
        } else {
          MOZ_ASSERT(aAction.mMode == BCPaintBorderAction::Mode::CREATE_WEBRENDER_COMMANDS);
          mInlineSeg.CreateWebRenderCommands(*this,
                                             aAction.mCreateWebRenderCommandsData.mBuilder,
                                             aAction.mCreateWebRenderCommandsData.mSc,
                                             aAction.mCreateWebRenderCommandsData.mOffsetToReferenceFrame,
                                             aAction.mCreateWebRenderCommandsData.mBevelBorders);
        }
      }
      mInlineSeg.AdvanceOffsetI();
    }
    mInlineSeg.Start(*this, borderOwner, iStartSegISize, bStartSegBSize);
  }
  mInlineSeg.IncludeCurrentBorder(*this);
  mBlockDirInfo[relColIndex].mWidth = iStartSegISize;
  mBlockDirInfo[relColIndex].mLastCell = mCell;
}

/**
 * Paint if necessary a block-dir segment, otherwise accumulate it
 * @param aDrawTarget - the draw target
 */
void
BCPaintBorderIterator::AccumulateOrDoActionBlockDirSegment(BCPaintBorderAction& aAction)
{
  BCBorderOwner borderOwner = eCellOwner;
  BCBorderOwner ignoreBorderOwner;
  bool isSegStart = true;
  bool ignoreSegStart;

  nscoord blockSegISize  =
    mBCData ? mBCData->GetIStartEdge(borderOwner, isSegStart) : 0;
  nscoord inlineSegBSize =
    mBCData ? mBCData->GetBStartEdge(ignoreBorderOwner, ignoreSegStart) : 0;

  int32_t relColIndex = GetRelativeColIndex();
  BCBlockDirSeg& blockDirSeg = mBlockDirInfo[relColIndex];
  if (!blockDirSeg.mCol) { // on the first damaged row and the first segment in the
                           // col
    blockDirSeg.Initialize(*this);
    blockDirSeg.Start(*this, borderOwner, blockSegISize, inlineSegBSize);
  }

  if (!IsDamageAreaBStartMost() && (isSegStart || IsDamageAreaBEndMost() ||
                                    IsAfterRepeatedHeader() ||
                                    StartRepeatedFooter())) {
    // paint the previous seg or the current one if IsDamageAreaBEndMost()
    if (blockDirSeg.mLength > 0) {
      blockDirSeg.GetBEndCorner(*this, inlineSegBSize);
      if (blockDirSeg.mWidth > 0) {
        if (aAction.mMode == BCPaintBorderAction::Mode::PAINT) {
          blockDirSeg.Paint(*this, aAction.mPaintData.mDrawTarget, inlineSegBSize);
        } else {
          MOZ_ASSERT(aAction.mMode == BCPaintBorderAction::Mode::CREATE_WEBRENDER_COMMANDS);
          blockDirSeg.CreateWebRenderCommands(*this,
                                              inlineSegBSize,
                                              aAction.mCreateWebRenderCommandsData.mBuilder,
                                              aAction.mCreateWebRenderCommandsData.mSc,
                                              aAction.mCreateWebRenderCommandsData.mOffsetToReferenceFrame,
                                              aAction.mCreateWebRenderCommandsData.mBevelBorders);
        }
      }
      blockDirSeg.AdvanceOffsetB();
    }
    blockDirSeg.Start(*this, borderOwner, blockSegISize, inlineSegBSize);
  }
  blockDirSeg.IncludeCurrentBorder(*this);
  mPrevInlineSegBSize = inlineSegBSize;
}

/**
 * Reset the block-dir information cache
 */
void
BCPaintBorderIterator::ResetVerInfo()
{
  if (mBlockDirInfo) {
    memset(mBlockDirInfo, 0, mDamageArea.ColCount() * sizeof(BCBlockDirSeg));
    // XXX reinitialize properly
    for (auto xIndex : IntegerRange(mDamageArea.ColCount())) {
      mBlockDirInfo[xIndex].mColWidth = -1;
    }
  }
}

void
nsTableFrame::IterateBCBorders(BCPaintBorderAction& aAction, const nsRect& aDirtyRect)
{
  // We first transfer the aDirtyRect into cellmap coordinates to compute which
  // cell borders need to be painted
  BCPaintBorderIterator iter(this);
  if (!iter.SetDamageArea(aDirtyRect))
    return;

  // XXX comment still has physical terminology
  // First, paint all of the vertical borders from top to bottom and left to
  // right as they become complete. They are painted first, since they are less
  // efficient to paint than horizontal segments. They were stored with as few
  // segments as possible (since horizontal borders are painted last and
  // possibly over them). For every cell in a row that fails in the damage are
  // we look up if the current border would start a new segment, if so we paint
  // the previously stored vertical segment and start a new segment. After
  // this we  the now active segment with the current border. These
  // segments are stored in mBlockDirInfo to be used on the next row
  for (iter.First(); !iter.mAtEnd; iter.Next()) {
    iter.AccumulateOrDoActionBlockDirSegment(aAction);
  }

  // Next, paint all of the inline-dir border segments from bStart to bEnd reuse
  // the mBlockDirInfo array to keep track of col widths and block-dir segments for
  // corner calculations
  iter.Reset();
  for (iter.First(); !iter.mAtEnd; iter.Next()) {
    iter.AccumulateOrDoActionInlineDirSegment(aAction);
  }
}

/**
 * Method to paint BCBorders, this does not use currently display lists although
 * it will do this in future
 * @param aDrawTarget - the rendering context
 * @param aDirtyRect  - inside this rectangle the BC Borders will redrawn
 */
void
nsTableFrame::PaintBCBorders(DrawTarget& aDrawTarget, const nsRect& aDirtyRect)
{
  BCPaintBorderAction action(aDrawTarget);
  IterateBCBorders(action, aDirtyRect);
}

void
nsTableFrame::CreateWebRenderCommandsForBCBorders(wr::DisplayListBuilder& aBuilder,
                                                  const mozilla::layers::StackingContextHelper& aSc,
                                                  const nsRect& aVisibleRect,
                                                  const nsPoint& aOffsetToReferenceFrame)
{
  BCPaintBorderAction action(aBuilder, aSc, aOffsetToReferenceFrame);
  // We always draw whole table border for webrender. Passing the visible rect
  // dirty rect.
  IterateBCBorders(action, aVisibleRect - aOffsetToReferenceFrame);

  LayoutDeviceRect allBorderRect;
  wr::BorderSide wrSide[4];
  wr::LayoutSideOffsets wrWidths;
  wr::BorderRadius borderRadii = wr::EmptyBorderRadius();
  bool backfaceIsVisible = false;
  NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
    auto param = action.mCreateWebRenderCommandsData.mBevelBorders[side];
    LayoutDeviceRect borderRect;
    nscolor borderColor = NS_RGBA(0, 0, 0, 255);
    uint8_t borderStyle = NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE;
    if (param.isSome()) {
      borderRect = LayoutDeviceRect::FromUnknownRect(NSRectToRect(param->mBorderRect + aOffsetToReferenceFrame,
                                                                  param->mAppUnitsPerDevPixel));
      borderColor = param->mBorderColor;
      borderStyle = param->mBorderStyle;
      backfaceIsVisible |= param->mBackfaceIsVisible;
    }

    wr::LayoutRect roundedRect = wr::ToRoundedLayoutRect(borderRect);
    allBorderRect = allBorderRect.Union(borderRect);
    wrSide[side] = wr::ToBorderSide(ToDeviceColor(borderColor), borderStyle);
    switch (side) {
      case eSideTop:
        wrWidths.top = roundedRect.size.height;
        break;
      case eSideBottom:
        wrWidths.bottom = roundedRect.size.height;
        break;
      case eSideLeft:
        wrWidths.left = roundedRect.size.width;
        break;
      case eSideRight:
        wrWidths.right = roundedRect.size.width;
        break;
    }
  }

  if (!allBorderRect.IsEmpty()) {
    Range<const wr::BorderSide> wrsides(wrSide, 4);
    wr::LayoutRect allRoundedRect = wr::ToRoundedLayoutRect(allBorderRect);
    aBuilder.PushBorder(allRoundedRect,
                        allRoundedRect,
                        backfaceIsVisible,
                        wrWidths,
                        wrsides,
                        borderRadii);
  }
}

bool
nsTableFrame::RowHasSpanningCells(int32_t aRowIndex, int32_t aNumEffCols)
{
  bool result = false;
  nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
  MOZ_ASSERT (cellMap, "bad call, cellMap not yet allocated.");
  if (cellMap) {
    result = cellMap->RowHasSpanningCells(aRowIndex, aNumEffCols);
  }
  return result;
}

bool
nsTableFrame::RowIsSpannedInto(int32_t aRowIndex, int32_t aNumEffCols)
{
  bool result = false;
  nsTableCellMap* cellMap = GetCellMap();
  MOZ_ASSERT (cellMap, "bad call, cellMap not yet allocated.");
  if (cellMap) {
    result = cellMap->RowIsSpannedInto(aRowIndex, aNumEffCols);
  }
  return result;
}

/* static */
void
nsTableFrame::InvalidateTableFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
                                   const nsRect& aOrigRect,
                                   const nsRect& aOrigVisualOverflow,
                                   bool aIsFirstReflow)
{
  nsIFrame* parent = aFrame->GetParent();
  NS_ASSERTION(parent, "What happened here?");

  if (parent->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW)) {
    // Don't bother; we'll invalidate the parent's overflow rect when
    // we finish reflowing it.
    return;
  }

  // The part that looks at both the rect and the overflow rect is a
  // bit of a hack.  See nsBlockFrame::ReflowLine for an eloquent
  // description of its hackishness.
  //
  // This doesn't really make sense now that we have DLBI.
  // This code can probably be simplified a fair bit.
  nsRect visualOverflow = aFrame->GetVisualOverflowRect();
  if (aIsFirstReflow ||
      aOrigRect.TopLeft() != aFrame->GetPosition() ||
      aOrigVisualOverflow.TopLeft() != visualOverflow.TopLeft()) {
    // Invalidate the old and new overflow rects.  Note that if the
    // frame moved, we can't just use aOrigVisualOverflow, since it's in
    // coordinates relative to the old position.  So invalidate via
    // aFrame's parent, and reposition that overflow rect to the right
    // place.
    // XXXbz this doesn't handle outlines, does it?
    aFrame->InvalidateFrame();
    parent->InvalidateFrameWithRect(aOrigVisualOverflow + aOrigRect.TopLeft());
  } else if (aOrigRect.Size() != aFrame->GetSize() ||
             aOrigVisualOverflow.Size() != visualOverflow.Size()){
    aFrame->InvalidateFrameWithRect(aOrigVisualOverflow);
    aFrame->InvalidateFrame();
  }
}

void
nsTableFrame::AppendDirectlyOwnedAnonBoxes(nsTArray<OwnedAnonBox>& aResult)
{
  nsIFrame* wrapper = GetParent();
  MOZ_ASSERT(wrapper->Style()->GetPseudo() ==
               nsCSSAnonBoxes::tableWrapper(),
             "What happened to our parent?");
  aResult.AppendElement(
    OwnedAnonBox(wrapper, &UpdateStyleOfOwnedAnonBoxesForTableWrapper));
}

/* static */ void
nsTableFrame::UpdateStyleOfOwnedAnonBoxesForTableWrapper(
  nsIFrame* aOwningFrame,
  nsIFrame* aWrapperFrame,
  ServoRestyleState& aRestyleState)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aWrapperFrame->Style()->GetPseudo() ==
               nsCSSAnonBoxes::tableWrapper(),
             "What happened to our parent?");

  RefPtr<ComputedStyle> newStyle =
    aRestyleState.StyleSet().ResolveInheritingAnonymousBoxStyle(
      nsCSSAnonBoxes::tableWrapper(), aOwningFrame->Style());

  // Figure out whether we have an actual change.  It's important that we do
  // this, even though all the wrapper's changes are due to properties it
  // inherits from us, because it's possible that no one ever asked us for those
  // style structs and hence changes to them aren't reflected in
  // the handled changes at all.
  //
  // Also note that extensions can add/remove stylesheets that change the styles
  // of anonymous boxes directly, so we need to handle that potential change
  // here.
  //
  // NOTE(emilio): We can't use the ChangesHandledFor optimization (and we
  // assert against that), because the table wrapper is up in the frame tree
  // compared to the owner frame.
  uint32_t equalStructs; // Not used, actually.
  nsChangeHint wrapperHint =
    aWrapperFrame->Style()->CalcStyleDifference(newStyle, &equalStructs);

  // CalcStyleDifference will handle caching structs on the new ComputedStyle,
  // but only if we're not on a style worker thread.
  MOZ_ASSERT(!ServoStyleSet::IsInServoTraversal(),
             "if we can get in here from style worker threads, then we need "
             "a ResolveSameStructsAs call to ensure structs are cached on "
             "aNewComputedStyle");

  if (wrapperHint) {
    aRestyleState.ChangeList().AppendChange(
      aWrapperFrame, aWrapperFrame->GetContent(), wrapperHint);
  }

  for (nsIFrame* cur = aWrapperFrame; cur; cur = cur->GetNextContinuation()) {
    cur->SetComputedStyle(newStyle);
  }

  MOZ_ASSERT(!(aWrapperFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OWNS_ANON_BOXES),
             "Wrapper frame doesn't have any anon boxes of its own!");
}

Coverage Report

Created: 2018-09-25 14:53